WO2021018073A1 - 传输数据的方法、通信装置和通信系统 - Google Patents

传输数据的方法、通信装置和通信系统 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021018073A1
WO2021018073A1 PCT/CN2020/104730 CN2020104730W WO2021018073A1 WO 2021018073 A1 WO2021018073 A1 WO 2021018073A1 CN 2020104730 W CN2020104730 W CN 2020104730W WO 2021018073 A1 WO2021018073 A1 WO 2021018073A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
network
message
terminal device
user plane
core
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/104730
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
杨晨晨
杨旭东
晋英豪
谭巍
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to EP20847328.0A priority Critical patent/EP3996394A4/en
Publication of WO2021018073A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021018073A1/zh
Priority to US17/586,060 priority patent/US11968575B2/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/02—Buffering or recovering information during reselection ; Modification of the traffic flow during hand-off
    • H04W36/023—Buffering or recovering information during reselection
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0011—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off for data sessions of end-to-end connection
    • H04W36/0016—Hand-off preparation specially adapted for end-to-end data sessions
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/14—Reselecting a network or an air interface
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/24—Reselection being triggered by specific parameters
    • H04W36/32—Reselection being triggered by specific parameters by location or mobility data, e.g. speed data
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/14—Reselecting a network or an air interface
    • H04W36/142—Reselecting a network or an air interface over the same radio air interface technology

Definitions

  • This application relates to wireless communication technology, and in particular to a method, device and communication system for transmitting data.
  • NPN non-public networks
  • NPN non-public networks
  • NPN is also called private network, which is different from traditional cellular network.
  • UE user equipment
  • NPN is divided into independent networking and non-independent networking.
  • independent networking NPN and public land mobile network (PLMN) have independent radio access networks (RAN) and core networks.
  • independent networking NPN is regarded as a non-3GPP network.
  • NPN and PLMN core networks are connected through non-3GPP interworking function (non-3gpp interworking function, N3IWF) network elements, and user plane and control plane intercommunication can be performed through N3IWF network elements.
  • non-3GPP interworking function non-3gpp interworking function, N3IWF
  • the UE may move from one network to another network. For example, the UE moves from a private network to a public network, or from a public network to a private network.
  • the current NPN independent networking architecture whether a UE moves from one network to another network and when it moves are all determined and triggered by the UE itself.
  • the source network Or the target network will continue to transmit the user plane data of the PDU session to the UE through the air interface, which will result in a higher packet loss rate.
  • PDU protocol data unit
  • This application provides a method and device for transmitting data, in order to reduce the packet loss rate and the amount of data return.
  • this application provides a method for transmitting data.
  • the method includes: a terminal device accesses a first network; when the terminal device needs to move from the first network to the second network, the terminal device connects to the first network
  • the core network control plane network element sends a first message or sends a first RRC message to the access network device of the first network.
  • the first message or the first RRC message is used to instruct the terminal device to move from the first network to the second network.
  • the internet wherein, the first network is a public network and the second network is a non-public network, or the first network is a non-public network and the second network is a public network.
  • the UE after the UE accesses the first network, when it needs to move across the network from the first network to the second network, it directly moves to the core network control plane network element of the first network or passes through the first network.
  • the access network device indirectly informs the core network control plane network element of the first network to notify the UE that the cross-network movement is to be triggered, so that the core network control plane network element of the first network notifies the core network user plane network element of the first network that the UE will cross the network.
  • the user plane network element of the core network of the first network suspends the transmission of user plane data of the PDU session of the first network of the UE, thereby avoiding the transmission of the user plane data of the first network during the inter-network movement of the UE.
  • the user plane network element of the core network continues to send the user plane data of the PDU session of the first network of the UE, resulting in air interface packet loss during the UE movement and data backhaul of the network after the UE movement is completed. Therefore, the inter-network movement period of the UE can be reduced.
  • the air interface packet loss rate and the data return volume of the network after the UE moves.
  • the first message or the first RRC message also carries one or more of the following information: first time information, reason, immediate suspension indication information, or approaching Indication information, where the first time is used to indicate that the terminal device will trigger cross-network movement after the first time, the reason is used to indicate cross-network movement, and the immediate suspension indication information is used to indicate whether to immediately suspend the first time of the terminal device
  • first time is used to indicate that the terminal device will trigger cross-network movement after the first time
  • the reason is used to indicate cross-network movement
  • the immediate suspension indication information is used to indicate whether to immediately suspend the first time of the terminal device
  • the proximity indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is entering or leaving the vicinity of one or more cells of the non-public network
  • the proximity indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is entering or Leave one or more cells in a non-public network.
  • the proximity indication information may carry one or more of the following information: indication information that the terminal device is entering the neighboring area of one or more cells of the non-public network, and the terminal device is leaving one or more of the non-public network
  • the indication information of the neighboring area of the cell the indication information that the terminal device is entering one or more cells of the non-public network, the identification information of the terminal device is leaving one or more cells of the non-public network, the information of the one or more cells Identification information.
  • the character strings entering and leaving are used to indicate entry and leaving, and the absolute radio frequency channel number of the cell (Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number-ARFCN) is used to identify the cell, or the cell ID is used to identify the cell.
  • Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number-ARFCN Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number-ARFCN
  • the UE Before the UE moves across networks, it not only needs to notify the core network control plane network element of the first network that the UE will trigger the cross network movement, but also needs to notify the core network control plane network element of the first network and information related to the cross network movement. For example, how long does the UE trigger inter-network movement (that is, the first time information), the reason for the movement, whether it is necessary to immediately stop the transmission of user plane data of the UE’s first network, and the network and cell the UE is leaving or entering. Information etc.
  • the core network user plane network element and the access network equipment of the first network can determine when to stop the user plane data transmission of the UE in the first network according to the first time information, etc., so as to reduce the air interface of the UE during the inter-network movement. Packet loss rate.
  • the user plane data of the first network of the UE is forwarded from the user plane network element of the core network of the first network to the UE through the access network device of the first network. Therefore, the user plane network element of the core network of the first network stops the transmission of the user plane data of the first network of the UE in time according to the first time information, which can prevent the access network equipment of the first network from having a large amount of data until the first time. It is not forwarded to the UE, and after the UE accesses the second network, it needs to be transmitted back to the UE, which results in a large amount of data back transmission.
  • the user plane network element of the core network of the first network stops the transmission of user plane data of the first network of the UE before the UE performs the cross-network movement, which can reduce the amount of data backhaul of the network after the UE completes the cross-network movement.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receives a second RRC message from the access network device of the first network, the second RRC message carries second time information, and the second time is used to indicate the core network user plane network of the first network After the second time, the terminal device suspends the transmission of the user plane data of the first network of the terminal device; or, the terminal device receives the second time from the AMF of the first network through the NAS message; and, the terminal device is at the first time or After the second time, the context of the first network is still retained.
  • the network side After learning that the terminal device triggers the cross-network movement after the first time, the network side notifies the terminal device that the core network user plane network element of the first network will suspend the transmission of user plane data of the first network of the terminal device after the second time.
  • the terminal device still retains the context of the first network after the first time or the second time, which can prevent the UE from releasing the context of the first network of the UE prematurely.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device sends to the core network control plane network element of the first network
  • the NAS message is used to indicate that the terminal device has moved to the second network, so that the core network control plane network element of the first network informs the access network device of the first network to send the buffered terminal device of the first network User plane data;
  • the terminal device receives a third RRC message from the access network device of the first network, and the third RRC message carries one or more of the following information: the session identifier of the PDU session of the first network of the terminal device, and The device identifier of the terminal device, the reason for resuming transmission, and the indication information whether to resume transmission immediately; and the terminal device restores the context of the first network according to the third RRC message.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device accesses the second network, it sends a NAS message to the core network control plane network element of the first network, so that the network side knows in time that the UE has access to the second network, so as to restore the UE’s first network in time. Context.
  • a method for transmitting data includes: a core network control plane network element of a first network receives a first message, where the first message is used to instruct a terminal device to move from the first network to the second network , Where the first network is a public network and the second network is a non-public network. Or, the first network is a non-public network, and the second network is a public network.
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network sends a second message to the core network user plane network element of the first network.
  • the second message is used to instruct the core network user plane network element of the first network to suspend the terminal device’s first network Transmission of user plane data.
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network informs the core network user plane network element of the first network that the UE will move across networks, so that the core network user plane network element of the first network suspends all operations.
  • the transmission of the user plane data of the PDU session of the first network of the UE can prevent the core network user plane element of the first network from continuing to send the UE's first network to the UE during the cross-network movement of the UE.
  • the air interface packet loss caused by the user plane data of the PDU session can reduce the air interface packet loss rate during the cross-network movement of the UE.
  • the scenario where the UE moves across networks from the first network to the second network is not limited.
  • the UE may move during the inter-network cell reselection process, or the UE may move during the inter-network cell handover process.
  • the UE moving from the first network to the second network can also be described as: UE reselects from the first network to the second network, UE switches from the first network to the second network, The UE accesses from the first network to the second network, etc.
  • the UE or RAN notifies the core network control plane network element to suspend the transmission of UE corresponding user plane data, and the core network control plane network element then notifies the core network user plane network element to suspend the UE corresponding user plane data transmission.
  • the UE or the RAN may also directly notify the user plane network element of the core network to suspend the UE corresponding user plane data transmission. For example, the UE or the RAN adds pause indication information to the user plane data packet sent.
  • the first message or the second message also carries one or more of the following information: first time information, reason, immediate suspension indication information or proximity indication information,
  • the first time is used to instruct the terminal device to trigger the inter-network movement after the first time
  • the reason is used to indicate the inter-network movement
  • the immediate suspension indication information is used to indicate whether to immediately suspend the user of the first network of the terminal device
  • the proximity indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is entering or leaving the neighboring area of one or more cells of the non-public network
  • the proximity indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is entering or leaving the non-public network Of one or more cells.
  • the proximity indication information may carry one or more of the following information: indication information that the terminal device is entering the neighboring area of one or more cells of the non-public network, and the terminal device is leaving one or more of the non-public network
  • the indication information of the neighboring area of the cell the indication information that the terminal device is entering one or more cells of the non-public network, the identification information of the terminal device is leaving one or more cells of the non-public network, the information of the one or more cells Identification information.
  • the character strings entering and leaving are used to indicate entry and exit respectively, and the cell's absolute radio channel number ARFCN is used to identify the cell, or the cell ID is used to identify the cell.
  • the UE Before the UE moves across networks, it not only needs to notify the core network control plane network element of the first network that the UE will trigger the cross network movement, but also needs to notify the core network control plane network element of the first network and information related to the cross network movement. For example, how long does the UE trigger inter-network movement (that is, the first time information), the reason for the movement, whether it is necessary to immediately stop the transmission of user plane data of the UE’s first network, and the network and cell the UE is leaving or entering. Information etc.
  • the core network user plane network element and the access network equipment of the first network can determine when to stop the user plane data transmission of the UE in the first network according to the first time information, etc., so as to reduce the air interface of the UE during the inter-network movement. Packet loss rate.
  • the user plane data of the first network of the UE is forwarded from the user plane network element of the core network of the first network to the UE through the access network device of the first network. Therefore, the user plane network element of the core network of the first network stops the transmission of the user plane data of the first network of the UE in time according to the first time information, which can prevent the access network equipment of the first network from having a large amount of data until the first time. It is not forwarded to the UE, and after the UE accesses the second network, it needs to be transmitted back to the UE, which results in a large amount of data back transmission.
  • the user plane network element of the core network of the first network stops the transmission of user plane data of the first network of the UE before the UE performs the cross-network movement, which can reduce the amount of data backhaul of the network after the UE completes the cross-network movement.
  • backhaul refers to the situation where data is forwarded from the user plane network element of the core network of the first network to the access network device of the first network, and has not been forwarded to the UE.
  • the access network device of the first network continues the process of sending the unsent data to the UE through the network element of the second network.
  • backhaul refers to the data sent from the UE to the access network device of the first network, and when it has not been forwarded to the core network user plane network element of the first network, After the UE moves from the first network to the second network and accesses the second network, the access network equipment of the first network sends the unsent data to the core network of the first network through the network elements of the second network. The process of the user plane network element will not be repeated.
  • the method further includes: the core network control plane network element of the first network receives a third message from the core network user plane network element of the first network, and the third The message carries second time information, and the second time is used to indicate that the user plane network element of the core network of the first network will suspend the transmission of the user plane data of the first network of the terminal device after the second time.
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network still retains the context of the first network of the terminal device after the first time or the second time.
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network receives the first message from the access network device of the first network, and the core network control plane of the first network After the network element receives the third message from the core network user plane network element of the first network, the method further includes: the core network device of the first network sends a fourth message to the access network device of the first network, where the fourth message carries At the second time, the fourth message is used to inform the access network device of the first network that the core network control plane network element of the first network will suspend the transmission of user plane data of the first network of the terminal device after the second time.
  • a second time may be generated to indicate that the core network user plane network element of the first network will move after the second time. Stop the transmission of user plane data of the first network of the UE.
  • the core network user plane network element of the first network notifies the core network control plane network element of the first network of the second time information, and then the core network control plane network element of the first network notifies the access network device of the first network.
  • the first time and the second time may not have a strict sequence relationship.
  • the second time may be before the first time, that is, before the UE triggers inter-network movement, the user plane network element of the core network of the first network stops the transmission of the user plane data of the first network of the UE.
  • the second time may also coincide with the first time, that is, the user plane network element of the core network of the first network stops the transmission of user plane data of the first network of the UE while the UE starts to move across the network.
  • the second time may also be located after the first time, that is, after a period of time after the UE starts to move across networks, the user plane network element of the core network of the first network stops the user plane data transmission of the first network of the UE.
  • the second time is before the first time, or the second time and the first time are equal.
  • the first message received by the core network control plane network element of the first network is a non-access stratum NAS message from the terminal device, and the core network of the first network
  • the method further includes: the core network control plane network element of the first network sends a fourth message to the first access network device ,
  • the fourth message carries the following information: the second time, the first time, the reason, the immediate suspension indication information, and the proximity indication information.
  • the method further includes: the first network The core network control plane network element of the first network receives a NAS message from the terminal device, where the NAS message is used to indicate that the terminal device has moved to the second network; the core network control plane network element of the first network sends to the access network device of the first network Send a fifth message, where the fifth message is used to instruct the first access network device to send the buffered user plane data of the first network of the terminal device.
  • the fifth message also carries one or more of the following information: the device identifier of the terminal device, the session identifier of the PDU session of the first network of the terminal device, and the service Quality flow identification QFI and data radio bearer identification DRB ID.
  • the fifth message carries the session identifier, QFI or DRB ID of the PDU session of the first network of the UE, etc., so that the access network device of the first network can learn the user plane data of the PDU session that needs to stop sending.
  • the stop of the user plane data of the PDU session is accurately controlled.
  • the method further includes: after a third time, if the terminal The device is not connected to the second network, the core network control plane network element of the first network queries the location information of the terminal device; the core network control plane network element of the first network moves the terminal device across the network according to the location information of the terminal device Management.
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network manages the terminal device to move across the network according to the location information of the terminal device, including: if the terminal device is located in the first network In the source cell of a network or other cells, the control plane element of the core network of the first network asks the terminal device whether to move across the network, and according to the query result, performs at least one of the following operations: Network mobile, the AMF continues to wait for the terminal device to access the second network; or, if it is determined that the terminal device cancels inter-network movement and the terminal device is currently located in the source cell, the core network control plane network element of the first network informs the network element of the first network The user plane network element of the core network and the access network device of the first network resume the transmission of the user plane data of the first network of the terminal device; or, if it is determined that the terminal device cancels the inter-network movement, and the terminal device is currently located in another of the first network In the cell, the
  • the access network device of the first network here may also be an access network device of the second network, or an access network device shared by the first network and the second network.
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network manages the terminal device to move across the network according to the location information of the terminal device, including: if it is determined that the terminal device has Access to the second network, the core network control plane network element of the first network continues to wait.
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network manages the terminal device to move across the network according to the location information of the terminal device, including: if the terminal is not found Device, the core network control plane network element of the first network notifies the network element of the second network to initiate paging to the terminal device on the second network, and performs at least one of the following operations according to the paging result:
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network continues to wait for the terminal device to access the second network;
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network pages the terminal device in the first network. If the terminal device is not paged in the first network, the core network of the first network After waiting for a period of time, the control plane network element releases the context of the terminal device, and notifies the access network device of the first network and the core network user plane network element of the first network to release the context of the first network of the terminal device.
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network queries the UE’s
  • the location, and corresponding processing according to the different situations of the UE's location, can optimize the process of the UE's cross-network movement.
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network queries the location information of the terminal device, including: the core network control plane network element of the first network sends the N3IWF, the first The access network device of the network or the access network device of the second network sends a location report control message, where the location report control message is used to query the location information of the terminal device; the method further includes: the core network control plane of the first network The network element receives a location report from the N3IWF, the access network device of the first network, or the access network device of the second network, where the location report carries location information of the terminal device.
  • the control plane network element of the core network of the first network can query the location information of the UE in various ways, which improves the flexibility of querying the location information of the UE.
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network notifies the core network user plane network element of the first network and the access network device of the first network to restore the terminal equipment
  • the transmission of user plane data of the first network includes: the core network control plane network element of the first network sends a recovery message to the core network user plane network element of the first network and the access network device of the first network, the recovery message
  • the session identifier of the PDU session of the first network of the terminal device the device identifier of the terminal device, the reason for resuming transmission, and the indication information whether to resume transmission immediately.
  • a method for transmitting data includes: an access network device of a first network receives a first RRC message from a terminal device.
  • the first RRC message is used to instruct the terminal device to transfer data from the first network.
  • the access network device of the first network sends a first message to the core network control plane network element of the first network.
  • the first message is used to instruct the core network control plane network element terminal device of the first network to move from the first network to the second network.
  • Second network wherein, the first network is a public network and the second network is a non-public network, or the first network is a non-public network and the second network is a public network.
  • the UE when the UE needs to move across the network from the first network to the second network, it notifies the access network device of the first network that the UE will move across the network.
  • the access network device of the first network further informs the core network control plane network element of the first network, and the core network control plane network element of the first network informs the core network user plane network element of the first network to facilitate the first network
  • the user plane network element of the core network of the UE suspends the transmission of user plane data of the PDU session of the first network of the UE, thereby avoiding the core network user plane network element of the first network from continuing to transmit during the inter-network movement of the UE
  • the user plane data of the PDU session of the first network of the UE causes air interface packet loss during the UE's cross-network movement and data backhaul of the network after the UE moves, so it can reduce the air interface packet loss rate during the UE's cross-network movement and The amount of data returned by the network after the UE moves.
  • the first RRC message and the first message also carry one or more of the following information: first time information, reason, immediate suspension indication information, or approaching Indication information, where the first time is used to instruct the terminal device to trigger the inter-network movement after the first time, the reason is used to indicate the inter-network movement, and the immediate suspension indication information is used to indicate whether to immediately suspend the first time of the terminal device. Transmission of user plane data on the network.
  • the proximity indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is entering or leaving the neighboring area of one or more cells of the non-public network, or the proximity indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is entering or leaving one or more cells of the non-public network. Multiple cells.
  • the method further includes: the access network device of the first network receives a fourth message from the core network control plane network element of the first network, and the fourth message The second time information is carried, and the second time is used to indicate that the core network user plane network element of the first network will suspend the transmission of the user plane data of the first network of the terminal device after the second time.
  • the method further includes: the first network The access network device sends a second RRC message to the terminal, the second RRC message carries second time information, and the second time is used to indicate that the core network user plane network element of the first network will be suspended after the second time Transmission of user plane data of the first network of the terminal device; the access network device of the first network still retains the context of the first network of the terminal device after the first time or the second time.
  • the method further includes: The core network control plane network element of a network receives the fifth message, where the fifth message is used to instruct the access network device of the first network to send the buffered user plane data of the terminal device of the first network.
  • the method further includes: the access network device of the first network no longer sends data to the terminal device after the first time according to the first time; After the access network device of the first network receives the notification from the core network control plane network element of the first network to restore the transmission of the user plane data of the first network of the terminal device, it restores the context of the first network of the terminal device and sends it to The terminal sends a third RRC message, where the third RRC message is used to inform the terminal device to restore the context of the first network, and the third RRC message carries one or more of the following information: The session identifier of the PDU session of a network, the device identifier of the terminal device, the reason for resuming transmission, and the indication information whether to resume transmission immediately.
  • the access network device of the first network no longer sends user plane data of the first network to the UE after the first time, which can reduce the amount of data return after the UE accesses the second network.
  • the present application provides a method for transmitting data.
  • the method includes: a core network user plane network element of the first network receives a second message from a core network control plane network element of the first network, the second message being used to indicate The core network user plane network element of the first network suspends the transmission of user plane data of the first network of the terminal device; the core network user plane network element of the first network sends a third message to the core network control plane network element of the first network, The third message is used to indicate that the core network user plane network element of the first network will suspend the transmission of the first network user plane data of the terminal device.
  • the core network user plane network element of the first network receives the second message from the core network control plane network element of the first network to learn that the UE will move across networks.
  • the user plane network element of the core network of the first network can suspend the transmission of the user plane data of the PDU session of the first network of the UE, thereby avoiding the user plane of the core network of the first network during the inter-network movement of the UE.
  • the network element continues to send the user plane data of the PDU session of the first network of the UE, resulting in air interface packet loss during the UE movement and data backhaul of the network after the UE moves, thus reducing the air interface packet loss during the UE's cross-network movement Rate and the amount of data returned by the network after the UE moves.
  • the third message also carries one or more of the following information: first time information, reason, immediate suspension indication information or proximity indication information, where the first The time is used to indicate that the terminal device triggers the inter-network movement after the first time, the reason is used to indicate the inter-network movement, and the immediate suspension indication information is used to indicate whether to immediately suspend the transmission of the first network user plane data of the terminal device,
  • the proximity indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is entering or leaving the neighboring area of one or more cells of the non-public network, or the proximity indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is entering or leaving one or more of the non-public network A cell, where the first network is a public network and the second network is a non-public network. Or, the first network is a non-public network, and the second network is a public network.
  • the proximity indication information may carry one or more of the following information: indication information that the terminal device is entering the neighboring area of one or more cells in the non-public network, and the terminal device is leaving one or more cells in the non-public network. Indication information of a neighboring area, indication information that a terminal device is entering one or more cells of a non-public network, identification information of one or more cells that a terminal device is leaving a non-public network, and identification information of the one or more cells .
  • the character strings entering and leaving are used to indicate entry and exit respectively, and the cell's absolute radio channel number ARFCN is used to identify the cell, or the cell ID is used to identify the cell.
  • the third message carries second time information
  • the second time is used to indicate that the user plane network element of the core network of the first network will suspend the terminal after the second time
  • the context of the first network of the terminal device is retained.
  • this application provides a method for transmitting data.
  • the method includes: a terminal device accesses a second network through a first network; when the terminal device needs to move from the first network to the second network, the terminal device The core network control plane network element of the network sends a first message, where the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to move from the first network to the second network.
  • the first network is a public network
  • the second network is a non-public network.
  • the first network is a non-public network
  • the second network is a public network.
  • the UE after the UE accesses the first network, when it needs to move across the network from the first network to the second network, notify the core network control plane network element of the second network that the UE will trigger the cross-network movement , So that the core network control plane network element of the second network notifies the core network user plane network element of the second network that the UE will move across networks, so that the core network user plane network element of the second network suspends the second network of the UE.
  • the transmission of the user plane data of the PDU session of the UE can prevent the core network user plane element of the second network from continuing to send the user plane data of the UE to the UE during the cross-network movement of the UE. Packet loss at the air interface can reduce the air interface packet loss rate during the cross-network movement of the UE.
  • the first message carries one or more of the following information: first time information, reason, immediate suspension indication information or approaching indication information, where the first time It is used to instruct the terminal device to trigger the cross-network movement after the first time, the reason is used to indicate the cross-network movement, and the immediate suspension indication information is used to indicate whether to immediately suspend the transmission of user plane data of the second network of the terminal device,
  • the proximity indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is entering or leaving the neighboring area of one or more cells of the non-public network, or the proximity indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is entering or leaving one or more of the non-public network Community.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device sends a NAS message from the second network
  • the second time information is received by the core network control plane network element of the core network, and the second time is used to indicate that the core network user plane network element of the second network will suspend the transmission of the user plane data of the second network of the terminal device after the second time;
  • the device still retains the context of the second network after the first time or the second time.
  • the network side After learning that the terminal device triggers the cross-network movement after the first time, the network side notifies the terminal device that the user plane network element of the core network of the second network will suspend the transmission of user plane data of the second network of the terminal device after the second time.
  • the terminal device still retains the context of the second network after the first time or the second time, which can prevent the UE from releasing the context of the second network of the UE prematurely.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device sends the second time to the access network device of the first network through an RRC message.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device sends a NAS message to the core network control plane network element of the first network, and The NAS message is used to notify the user plane data of the second network of the terminal device that sends the buffer.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device accesses the second network, it sends a NAS message to the core network control plane network element of the first network, so that the core network of the first network knows that the UE has access to the second network, so that it can reply to the UE in time
  • the context of the second network of the buffered UE is transmitted.
  • the present application provides a method for transmitting data.
  • the method includes: a core network control plane network element of a second network receives a sixth message from a terminal device, the terminal device is located in the first network, and the sixth message is used to indicate The terminal device will move from the first network to the second network.
  • the first network is a public network
  • the second network is a non-public network.
  • the first network is a non-public network
  • the second network is a public network.
  • the core network control device of the second network sends a seventh message to the core network user plane network element of the second network.
  • the seventh message is used to instruct the core network user plane network element of the second network to suspend the user plane of the second network of the terminal device. Data transmission.
  • the UE when the UE needs to move across the network from the first network to the second network, it can notify the core network control plane network element of the second network that the UE will move across the network, so that the core of the second network
  • the network control plane network element informs the core network user plane network element of the second network that the UE will move across networks, so that the core network user plane network element of the second network suspends the user plane data of the PDU session of the second network of the UE Therefore, it can be avoided that during the inter-network movement of the UE, the user plane network element of the core network of the second network continues to send the user plane data of the second network of the UE, resulting in air interface packet loss and the UE during the movement of the UE. After the movement is completed, the network data is returned, so the air interface packet loss rate during the UE's cross-network movement and the amount of network data return after the UE's movement can be reduced.
  • the UE when the UE needs to move from the first network to the second network, it can notify the UE of the core network control plane network element of the first network and the core network control plane network element of the second network. Will move across the network. Further, the core network control plane network element of the first network determines whether the user plane data transmission of the PDU session of the UE needs to be stopped according to whether the UE has established a PDU session of the first network. Similarly, the core network control plane network element of the second network determines whether the user plane data transmission of the PDU session of the second network of the UE needs to be stopped according to whether the UE has established a PDU session of the second network.
  • the core network user plane network element of the first network will stop the UE’s first network
  • the user plane network element of the core network of the second network will stop the user plane data of the PDU session of the UE.
  • the sixth message also carries one or more of the following information: first time information, reason, immediate suspension indication information or approaching indication information, which is used for the first time To instruct the terminal device to trigger the inter-network movement after the first time, the reason is used to indicate the inter-network movement, and the immediate suspension indication information is used to indicate whether to immediately suspend the transmission of user plane data of the second network of the terminal device, so
  • the proximity indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is entering or leaving the neighboring area of one or more cells of the non-public network, or the proximity indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is entering or leaving one or more cells of the non-public network .
  • the method further includes: The core network control plane network element of the second network receives an eighth message from the core network user plane network element of the second network, the eighth message carries second time information, and the second time is used to indicate the core network user plane network element of the second network
  • the transmission of the user plane data of the second network of the terminal device will be suspended after the second time; the core network control plane network element of the second network will still retain the second time of the terminal device after the first time or the second time.
  • the method further includes: The core network control plane network element of the second network sends the second time information to the terminal device through a NAS message, so that the terminal device informs the access network device of the first network of the second time; or, the core network control plane network of the second network The element sends the second time information to the non-third-generation partner project inter-network interworking function N3IWF, so that the N3IWF can notify the access network device of the first network of the second time, or the N3IWF can notify the terminal device of the second time. Time, the terminal device notifies the access network device of the first network of the second time.
  • the seventh message also carries one or more of the following information: the first time, the reason, the immediate suspension indication information, and the near Instructions.
  • the method further includes: after the third time, if the terminal device Without access to the second network, the core network control plane network element of the second network queries the location information of the terminal device; the core network control plane network element of the second network manages the terminal device's cross-network movement according to the location information of the terminal device .
  • the core network control plane network element of the second network manages the terminal device to move across the network according to the location information of the terminal device, including: if the terminal device is currently located The source cell of the first network or other cells, the core network control plane element of the second network queries whether the terminal device needs to move across the network, and according to the query result, performs at least one of the following operations: For inter-network movement, the core network control plane network element of the second network continues to wait for the terminal device to access the second network; or, if it is determined that the terminal device cancels the inter-network movement, the core network control plane network element of the second network notifies the second network The user plane network element of the core network and the access network device of the first network resume the transmission of the user plane data of the second network of the terminal device.
  • the core network control plane network element of the second network may have the following methods Notify the access network equipment of the first network.
  • the core network control plane network element of the second network directly informs the access network device of the first network.
  • the core network control plane network element of the second network first notifies the UE, and the UE then notifies the access network equipment of the first network.
  • the core network control plane network element of the second network notifies the core network control plane network element of the first network through other network elements, and the core network control plane network element of the first network then informs the access network device of the first network .
  • the access network device may be shared by the first network and the second network.
  • the core network control plane network element of the second network manages the terminal device to move across the network according to the location information of the terminal device, including: if it is determined that the terminal device has Moving to the second network, the core network control plane network element of the second network continues to wait.
  • the core network control plane network element of the second network manages the terminal device to move across the network according to the location information of the terminal device, including: if the terminal is not found Device, the core network control plane network element of the second network informs the network element of the first network to page the terminal device on the first network.
  • the core network control plane network element of the second network Paging the terminal device on the second network; if the terminal device has not been paged on the second network, the core network control plane network element of the second network waits for a period of time and then informs the access network device of the first network and the second network The user plane network element of the core network releases the context of the protocol data unit PDU session of the second network of the terminal device.
  • the core network control plane network element of the second network can directly notify the access network device of the first network, or the core network control plane network element of the second network first informs the UE, and then the UE informs the first The access network equipment of the network. Or, the core network control plane network element of the second network first notifies the core network control plane network element of the first network, and then the core network control plane network element of the first network notifies the access network device of the first network.
  • the core network control plane network element of the second network queries the location information of the terminal device, including: the core network control plane network element of the second network sends the N3IWF or the second The access network device of the network sends a location report control message, where the location report control message is used to query the location information of the terminal device; the method further includes: the core network control plane network element of the second network receives from the N3IWF or the second The access network device of the network receives the location report, and the location report carries the location information of the terminal device.
  • the core network control plane network element of the second network notifies the core network user plane network element of the second network and the access network device of the first network to restore the terminal equipment
  • the transmission of user plane data of the second network includes: the core network control plane network element of the second network sends a recovery message to the core network user plane network element of the second network and the access network device of the first network, the recovery message
  • One or more of the following information is carried in: the session identifier of the PDU session of the second network of the terminal device, the device identifier of the terminal device, the reason for resuming transmission, and the indication information whether to resume transmission immediately.
  • the core network control plane network element of the second network can directly send a recovery message to the access network device of the first network, or the core network control plane network element of the second network first notifies the UE, and then the UE Notifying the access network device of the first network to resume the transmission of the user plane data of the second network of the UE.
  • the core network control plane network element of the second network first notifies the core network control plane network element of the first network, and then the core network control plane network element of the first network notifies the access network device of the first network to restore the UE's Transmission of user plane data of the second network.
  • the present application provides a method for transmitting data.
  • the method includes: a core network user plane network element of a second network receives a seventh message from a core network control plane network element of the second network, where the seventh message is used to indicate The core network user plane network element of the second network suspends the transmission of user plane data of the second network of the terminal device; the core network user plane network element of the second network returns an eighth message to the core network control plane network element of the second network, The eighth message is used to indicate that the user plane network element of the core network of the second network will suspend the transmission of the user plane data of the second network of the terminal device.
  • the core network user plane network element of the second network receives the seventh message from the core network control plane network element of the second network to learn that the UE will move across networks.
  • the user plane network element of the core network of the second network can suspend the transmission of the user plane data of the second network of the UE, thereby avoiding the core network user plane network element of the second network from continuing during the inter-network movement of the UE.
  • the air interface packet loss caused by sending the user plane data of the PDU session of the second network of the UE to the UE can reduce the air interface packet loss rate during the cross-network movement of the UE.
  • the eighth message carries second time information, and the second time is used to indicate that the user plane network element of the core network of the second network will suspend the terminal after the second time Transmission of user plane data of the second network of the device.
  • the eighth message also carries one or more of the following information: first time information, reason, immediate suspension indication information, or proximity indication information, where the first Time is used to indicate that the terminal device triggers inter-network movement after the first time, the reason is used to indicate the inter-network movement, and the immediate suspension indication information is used to indicate whether to immediately suspend the transmission of user plane data of the second network of the terminal device
  • the proximity indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is entering or leaving the neighboring area of one or more cells of the non-public network, or the proximity indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device is entering or leaving one or more of the non-public networks. A cell.
  • the first network is a public network
  • the second network is a non-public network
  • the first network is a non-public network
  • the second network is a public network.
  • the method further includes: the core network user plane network element of the second network still retains the context of the second network of the terminal device after the first time or after the second time.
  • the present application provides a communication device that has the function of implementing the method in the first aspect or any of its possible implementations, or the communication device has the ability to implement the fifth aspect or any of its possible implementations.
  • the function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device has a function of implementing the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation manner thereof.
  • the communication device includes a processing unit and a transceiver unit.
  • the processing unit is configured to access the communication device to the first network; when it is determined that the communication device needs to move across the network from the first network to the second network, control the transceiver unit to the core network control plane network element of the first network Send a first message or send a first RRC message to the access network device of the first network, where the first message or the first RRC message is used to instruct the communication device 4000 to move from the first network To the second network, where the first network is a public network and the second network is a non-public network, or the first network is a non-public network and the second network is a public network.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive a second RRC message from an access network device of the first network, where the second RRC message carries second time information, and the second time information It is used to instruct the user plane network element of the core network of the first network to suspend the transmission of user plane data of the first network of the communication device after the second time; or, the transceiving unit is also used to receive The core network control plane network element of the first network receives the NAS message, and the NAS message carries the second time information.
  • the processing unit is further configured to still retain the context of the first network after the first time or the second time.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send a NAS message to a core network control plane network element of the first network, where the NAS message is used to indicate that the communication device has accessed the second network; And, the transceiver unit is further configured to receive a third RRC message from an access network device of the first network, where the third RRC message carries one or more of the following information: PDU session of the first network of the communication device The session identifier of the communication device, the device identifier of the communication device, the reason for resuming transmission, and the indication information of whether to resume transmission immediately; and, the processing unit is further configured to restore the context of the first network according to the third RRC message .
  • the communication device has a function of implementing the method in the fifth aspect or any possible implementation manner thereof.
  • the communication device includes a processing unit and a transceiver unit.
  • the processing unit is used to access the communication device through the first network to the second network; the processing unit is also used to control the transceiver unit to the core of the second network when it is determined that the terminal device needs to move from the first network to the second network.
  • the network control plane network element sends a first message, where the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to move from the first network to the second network.
  • the first network is a public network
  • the second network is a non-public network.
  • the first network is a non-public network
  • the second network is a public network.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive a NAS message from a core network control plane network element of the second network, where the NAS message carries second time information, and the second time is used to indicate The user plane network element of the core network will suspend the transmission of the user plane data of the second network of the terminal device after the second time; the processing unit is further configured to retain the data of the second network after the first time or the second time Context.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send an RRC message to an access network device of the first network, where the RRC message carries second time information.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send a NAS message to the core network control plane network element of the first network, where the NAS message is used to notify the user plane of the second network of the terminal device that sends the buffer. data.
  • this application provides a communication device that has the function of implementing the method in the second aspect or any of its possible implementations, or the communication device has the ability to implement the sixth aspect or any of its possible implementations.
  • the function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
  • the communication device has a function of implementing the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation manner thereof.
  • the communication device includes a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the receiving unit is configured to receive a first message, where the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to move from the first network to the second network, where the first network is a public network and the second network is A non-public network, or the first network is a non-public network, and the second network is a public network;
  • the sending unit is configured to send a second message to a user plane network element of the core network of the first network, the second message It is used to instruct the core network user plane network element of the first network to suspend the transmission of user plane data of the first network of the terminal device.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive a third message from a user plane network element of the core network of the first network, where the third message carries second time information, and the second time The information is used to indicate that the user plane network element of the core network of the first network will suspend the transmission of the user plane data of the first network of the terminal device after the second time; and, the communication device further includes a processing unit , Used to retain the context of the first network of the terminal device after the first time or the second time.
  • the receiving unit is specifically configured to receive the first message from the access network device of the first network
  • the sending unit is further configured to send the message to the access network device of the first network
  • a fourth message is sent, the fourth message carries the second time information, and the fourth message is used to inform the access network device of the first network that the core network control plane network element of the first network is in the first network. After two hours, the transmission of the user plane data of the first network of the terminal device is suspended.
  • the receiving unit is configured to send a NAS message from the terminal device, where the NAS message is the first message, and the sending unit is further configured to send the first access network device to the first access network device.
  • the fourth message carries the following information: the second time information, the first time information, the reason, the immediate suspension indication information, and the proximity indication information.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive a NAS message from the terminal device, where the NAS message is used to indicate that the terminal device has moved to the second network and accessed the second network.
  • the sending unit is further configured to send a fifth message to the access network device of the first network, where the fifth message is used to instruct the first access network device to send the buffered terminal device User plane data of the first network.
  • the communication device has a function of implementing the method in the sixth aspect or any possible implementation manner thereof.
  • the communication device includes a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the communication device has a function of implementing the method in the sixth aspect or any possible implementation manner thereof.
  • the communication device includes a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the receiving unit is configured to receive a sixth message from the terminal device, the terminal device is located in the first network, and the sixth message is used to instruct the terminal device to move from the first network to the second network.
  • the sending unit is configured to send a seventh message to the core network user plane network element of the second network, where the seventh message is used to instruct the core network user plane network element of the second network to suspend the transmission of user plane data of the second network of the terminal device .
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive an eighth message from a user plane network element of the core network of the second network, where the eighth message carries second time information, and the second time is used to indicate the second network
  • the user plane network element of the core network will suspend the transmission of the user plane data of the second network of the terminal device after the second time;
  • the processing unit is also configured to retain the terminal device’s data after the first time or the second time The context of the second network.
  • the sending unit is further configured to send the second time information to the terminal device or send the second time information to the N3IWF.
  • the present application provides a communication device that has a function of implementing the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation manner thereof.
  • the function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device includes a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the receiving unit is configured to receive a first RRC message from a terminal device, where the first RRC message is used to instruct the terminal device to move from the first network to the second network.
  • the sending unit is configured to send a first message to the core network control plane network element of the first network, where the first message is used to instruct the core network control plane network element of the first network that the terminal device will The first network moves to the second network.
  • the first network is a public network and the second network is a non-public network, or the first network is a non-public network and the second network is a public network.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive a fourth message from a core network control plane network element of the first network, where the fourth message carries second time information, and the second The time information is used to indicate that the core network user plane network element of the first network will suspend the transmission of the user plane data of the first network of the terminal device after the second time.
  • the sending unit is further configured to send a second RRC message to the terminal, where the second RRC message carries second time information, and the second time information is used to indicate the first
  • the user plane network element of the core network of the network will suspend the transmission of the user plane data of the first network of the terminal device after the second time; and, the communication device further includes a processing unit for Or after the second time, the context of the first network of the terminal device is still retained.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive a fifth message from the core network control plane network element of the first network, where the fifth message is used to indicate the access network of the first network
  • the device sends the buffered user plane data of the first network of the terminal device.
  • the processing unit is further configured to control the sending unit to no longer send data to the terminal device after the first time according to the first time information.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive a notification from a core network control plane network element of the first network to resume the transmission of user plane data of the first network of the terminal device;
  • the processing unit is further configured to restore the context of the first network of the terminal device according to the notification; and the processing unit is further configured to control the sending unit to send a third RRC message to the terminal, and the third RRC message is used To inform the terminal device to restore the context of the first network, wherein the third RRC message carries one or more of the following information: the session identifier of the PDU session of the first network of the terminal device , The device identifier of the terminal device, the reason for resuming transmission, and the indication information whether to resume transmission immediately.
  • the present application provides a communication device that has the function of implementing the method in the fourth aspect or any of its possible implementation modes, and/or the communication device has the ability to implement the seventh aspect or its The function of the method in any possible implementation.
  • the function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device has a function of implementing the method in the fourth aspect or any possible implementation manner thereof.
  • the communication device includes a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the receiving unit is configured to receive a second message from the core network control plane network element of the first network, and the second message is used to instruct the core network user plane network element of the first network to suspend the first Transmission of user plane data of the network;
  • a sending unit configured to return a third message to the core network control plane network element of the first network, and the third message is used to indicate the core network user plane network of the first network Yuan will suspend the transmission of the first network user plane data of the terminal device.
  • the communication device further includes a processing unit, configured to retain data after the first time or the second time according to the first time information and the second time information The context of the first network of the terminal device.
  • the communication device has a function of implementing the method in the seventh aspect or any possible implementation manner thereof.
  • the communication device includes a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the receiving unit is configured to receive a seventh message from the core network control plane network element of the second network, where the seventh message is used to instruct the core network user plane network element of the second network to suspend the transmission of user plane data of the second network of the terminal device
  • Sending unit for returning an eighth message to the core network control plane network element of the second network the eighth message is used to indicate that the core network user plane network element of the second network will suspend the user plane data of the second network of the terminal device Transmission.
  • this application provides a terminal device including a processor and a memory.
  • the memory is used to store a computer program
  • the processor is used to call and run the computer program stored in the memory, so that the terminal device executes the method in the first aspect or any of its possible implementations, and/or executes the fifth aspect or its Any possible implementation method.
  • this application provides a network device including a processor and a memory.
  • the memory is used to store a computer program
  • the processor is used to call and run the computer program stored in the memory, so that the network device executes the method in the second aspect or any of its possible implementations, or executes the sixth aspect or any of its possible methods.
  • the method in the implementation is a thirteenth aspect.
  • this application provides a network device including a processor and a memory.
  • the memory is used to store a computer program
  • the processor is used to call and run the computer program stored in the memory, so that the network device executes the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation manner thereof.
  • this application provides a network device including a processor and a memory.
  • the memory is used to store a computer program
  • the processor is used to call and run the computer program stored in the memory, so that the network device executes the method in the fourth aspect or any of its possible implementations, or executes the seventh aspect or any of its possible implementations.
  • the method in the implementation is not limited to a processor and a memory.
  • this application provides a computer-readable storage medium having computer instructions stored in the computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer instructions When the computer instructions are executed on the computer, the computer executes the first aspect or any possible implementation thereof Or execute the method in the fifth aspect or any of its possible implementation manners.
  • this application provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores computer instructions.
  • the computer instructions run on a computer, the computer executes the second aspect or any possible implementation thereof Or execute the method in the sixth aspect or any possible implementation manner thereof.
  • this application provides a computer-readable storage medium having computer instructions stored in the computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer instructions run on a computer, the computer executes the third aspect or any possible implementation thereof The method in the way.
  • this application provides a computer-readable storage medium having computer instructions stored in the computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer instructions run on a computer, the computer executes the fourth aspect or any possible implementation thereof Or implement the method in the seventh aspect or any possible implementation manner thereof.
  • this application provides a chip including a processor.
  • the processor is configured to read and execute a computer program stored in the memory to execute the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation manner thereof, or execute the method in the fifth aspect or any possible implementation manner thereof.
  • the chip further includes a memory, and the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire.
  • the chip further includes a communication interface.
  • this application provides a chip including a processor.
  • the processor is configured to read and execute the computer program stored in the memory to execute the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation manner thereof, or execute the method in the sixth aspect or any possible implementation manner thereof.
  • the chip further includes a memory, and the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire.
  • the chip further includes a communication interface.
  • this application provides a chip including a processor.
  • the processor is used to read and execute the computer program stored in the memory to execute the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation manner thereof.
  • the chip further includes a memory, and the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire.
  • the chip further includes a communication interface.
  • this application provides a chip including a processor.
  • the processor is configured to read and execute the computer program stored in the memory to execute the method in the fourth aspect or any possible implementation manner thereof, or execute the method in the seventh aspect or any possible implementation manner thereof.
  • the chip further includes a memory, and the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire.
  • the chip further includes a communication interface.
  • the present application provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes computer program code, when the computer program code runs on a computer, the computer executes the first aspect or any possible implementation manner thereof Or execute the method in the fifth aspect or any of its possible implementation manners.
  • the present application provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes computer program code, when the computer program code runs on a computer, the computer executes the second aspect or any possible implementation manner thereof Or execute the method in the sixth aspect or any of its possible implementation manners.
  • this application provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes computer program code, when the computer program code runs on a computer, the computer executes the third aspect or any possible implementation manner thereof Method in.
  • this application provides a computer program product, the computer program product comprising computer program code, when the computer program code runs on a computer, the computer executes the fourth aspect or any possible implementation manner thereof Or execute the method in the seventh aspect or any possible implementation manner thereof.
  • the present application provides a communication system, including the terminal device described in the twelfth aspect, the network device described in the thirteenth aspect, the network device described in the fourteenth aspect, and the fifteenth aspect Two or more of the network devices.
  • the terminal device accesses the first network, when it needs to move from the first network to the second network, it sends a first message to the core network control plane network element of the first network, or to The access network device of the first network sends a first RRC message, where the first message or the RRC message is used to instruct the terminal device to move from the first network to the second network, where the first network is a public network ,
  • the second network is a non-public network, or the first network is a non-public network, and the second network is a public network;
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network receives the first message from the terminal device, and sends a second message to the core network user plane network element of the first network, the second message is used to instruct the core network user of the first network
  • the plane network element suspends the transmission of user plane data of the first network of the terminal device
  • the core network user plane network element of the first network receives the second message from the core network control plane network element of the first network, and returns a third message to the core network control plane network element of the first network.
  • the third message is used to indicate all
  • the core network user plane network element of the first network will suspend the transmission of the first network user plane data of the terminal device.
  • control plane network element of the core network may be AMF, and the user plane network element of the core network may be UPF.
  • Figure 1 is an example of a system architecture suitable for embodiments of the present application.
  • Fig. 2 is an example of the flow of the cross-network movement of the UE provided in this application.
  • Fig. 3 is an example of a UE's cross-network movement process provided by this application.
  • Fig. 4 is another example of the flow of UE moving across networks.
  • Fig. 5 is another example of the flow of UE moving across networks.
  • Figure 6 is an example of the UE performing inter-network cell reselection from the NPN to the PLMN.
  • Fig. 7 is an example of the processing flow of the network device in the case that the UE is not reselected to the second network.
  • Fig. 8 is another example of the UE performing inter-network cell reselection from the NPN to the PLMN.
  • Fig. 9 is another example of the processing flow of the network device in the case that the UE is not reselected to the second network.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1000 provided by this application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 2000 provided by this application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic block diagram of the communication device 3000 provided by this application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic block diagram of the communication device 4000 provided by this application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 5000 provided by this application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic block diagram of the communication device 6000 provided by this application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of the communication device 10 provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of the communication device 20 provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of the communication device 30 provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 40 provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 50 provided in this application.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 60 provided in this application.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • NR new radio
  • the terminal equipment in the embodiments of this application may refer to user equipment, access terminals, user units, user stations, mobile stations, mobile stations, remote stations, remote terminals, mobile equipment, user terminals, terminals, wireless communication equipment, user agents, or User device.
  • the terminal device can also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), with wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in 5G networks, or terminals in the future evolution of public land mobile network (PLMN)
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • the wireless access network device in the embodiment of the present application may be any device with a wireless transceiver function.
  • the access network equipment includes, but is not limited to: evolved Node B (eNB), radio network controller (RNC), node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (base station) controller, BSC), base transceiver station (BTS), home evolved NodeB (or home NodeB, HNB), baseband unit (BBU), wireless fidelity (WIFI) system
  • the access point (AP), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (TP), or transmission and reception point (TRP), etc. can also be the fifth generation (the fifth generation, 5G) system, for example, gNB or transmission point (TRP or TP) in the new radio (NR), one or a group (including multiple antenna panels) antenna panels of the base station in the 5G system Or, it may also be a network node constituting a gNB or a transmission point, for example, a baseband unit (building baseband unit, B
  • NPN and PLMN have independent radio access networks (RAN) and core networks (CN).
  • RAN radio access networks
  • CN core networks
  • Independent networking NPN is regarded as a non-3GPP network.
  • the core networks of the NPN and the PLMN are connected through non-3GPP interworking function (N3IWF) network elements, and the user plane and control plane intercommunication can be performed through the N3IWF network elements.
  • N3IWF non-3GPP interworking function
  • the interface between the network elements in the architecture is shown in Figure 1.
  • the interface Z2 between the N3IWF and the UPF shown in FIG. 1 may also be N6.
  • Nwu PLMN represents the interface between N3IWF and UE.
  • interface names between the network elements shown in FIG. 1 are merely examples. In different communication systems or, with the evolution of the system, the interfaces between the network elements shown in FIG. 1 may also be different from those shown in FIG. 1, which is not limited herein.
  • the NPN service of the UE can be provided through NPN or PLMN.
  • the PLMN service of the UE can be provided through the PLMN or through the NPN.
  • the PLMN service is provided to the UE through the NPN, that is, when the UE is in the NPN, a PLMN PDU session resource is established for the UE.
  • the process of establishing PDU session resources is the process of configuring wireless resources and wired resources for user plane data transmission.
  • the establishment of a PDU session involves multiple network elements from the terminal device to the data network (DN), for example, access and mobility management function (AMF), session management function (session management function) SMF) and user plane function (UPF) are an end-to-end configuration process.
  • DN data network
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • SMF session management function
  • UPF user plane function
  • the process of providing the NPN service for the UE through the PLMN (that is, the UE is in the PLMN and establishing NPN PDU session resources for the UE) is similar to the process of providing the PLMN service for the UE through the NPN.
  • the PLMN is used to provide the UE with PLMN services, that is, when the UE is in the cell of the PLMN, the radio resource bearer (for example, DRB) established for the PLMN PDU session of the UE is on the PLMN access network equipment (for example, PLMN NG-RAN Wait). Wired resources (core network data transmission tunnels) are carried on the core network equipment of the PLMN (for example, UPF, etc.). At this time, the process of configuring PLMN PDU session resources for the UE is consistent with the traditional process of establishing a PDU session, and will not be repeated.
  • the radio resource bearer for example, DRB
  • Wired resources core network data transmission tunnels
  • the NPN service is provided to the UE through the PLMN, that is, when the UE is in the PLMN, an NPN PDU session resource is established for the UE.
  • the process of providing the PLMN service for the UE through the NPN (that is, the UE is in the NPN and establishing a PLMN PDU session resource) is similar to the process of providing the NPN service for the UE through the PLMN.
  • the NPN service is provided for the UE through the NPN (that is, the UE is in the NPN, and NPN PDU is established for the UE session resources).
  • the process of establishing PDU session resources is the process of configuring wireless resources and wired resources for user plane data transmission.
  • the establishment of a PDU session involves multiple network elements (for example, AMF, SMF, UPF, etc.) between the terminal and the DN, and is an end-to-end configuration process.
  • the radio resources (for example, DRB) established for the UE’s NPN PDU session are carried on the NPN access network equipment (for example, NPN NG-RAN, etc., NPN deploys the 3GPP radio access network) , But this 3GPP access network is not a shared PLMN network).
  • Wired resources core network data transmission tunnels
  • NPN core network equipment for example, UPF, etc.
  • the UE may move from the private network to the public network, or from the public network to the private network.
  • the network where the UE is before moving is defined as the first network
  • the network to which the UE is to move is defined as the second network.
  • the UE may establish a PDU session of the first network through the first network, and may also establish a PDU session of the second network through the first network. Or, establish separate PDU sessions on the first network and the second network at the same time.
  • one of the first network and the second network is a public network, and the other is a non-public network.
  • the first network is a public network
  • the second network is a non-public network.
  • the first network is a non-public network
  • the second network is a public network.
  • the UE accesses the first network, and when the UE needs to move from the first network to the second network, the UE notifies the core network element of the first network that the UE will trigger the cross-network movement.
  • FIG. 2 is an example of the process of UE moving across networks.
  • the UE accesses the first network.
  • the UE may establish a PDU session of the first network.
  • the UE may not establish a PDU session of the first network.
  • the UE When the UE needs to move from the first network to the second network, the UE sends a first message to a core network control plane network element of the first network.
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network receives the first message from the UE.
  • the first message may be used to indicate that the UE will move from the first network to the second network.
  • whether the UE needs to move from the first network to the second network can be determined by the UE.
  • the UE sends a non-access stratum (NAS) message to the core network control plane network element of the first network to notify the UE that it will trigger a cross-networking from the first network to the second network mobile.
  • NAS non-access stratum
  • the UE first sends a NAS message to the RAN, and the RAN then forwards the NAS message to the core network control plane network element of the first network.
  • the UE sends a first RRC message to an access network device of the first network, and the first RRC message is used to notify the UE that inter-network movement will be triggered. Further, the access network device of the first network sends the first message to the core network control plane network element of the first network, that is, the access network device of the first network notifies the core network control plane network element of the first network The UE will trigger inter-network movement.
  • the first message and the first RRC message sent by the UE respectively carry one or more of the following information: first time information, reason (or referred to as movement reason), immediate suspension indication information, or proximity indication information.
  • the first time information is used to indicate that the UE triggers inter-network movement after the first time.
  • the reason is used to indicate cross-network movement.
  • the immediate suspension indication information is used to indicate whether to immediately suspend the transmission of user plane data of the UE's first network.
  • the proximity indication information is used to indicate that the UE is entering or leaving a neighboring area of one or more cells of the non-public network, or the proximity indication information is used to indicate that the UE is entering or leaving one or more cells of the non-public network.
  • the proximity indication information may carry one or more of the following information: indication information that the UE is entering the neighboring area of one or more cells of the non-public network, and information indicating that the UE is leaving one or more cells of the non-public network.
  • the indication information of the neighboring area the indication information that the UE is entering one or more cells of the non-public network, the identification information of one or more cells where the UE is leaving the non-public network, and the identification information of the one or more cells.
  • the character strings entering and leaving are used to indicate entry and exit respectively, and the absolute radio frequency channel number (ARFCN) of the cell is used to identify the cell, or the cell ID is used to identify the cell.
  • ARFCN absolute radio frequency channel number
  • the reason for the movement may include: NPN to PLMN, PLMN to NPN, non-3GPP to 5GS, 5GS to non-3GPP, NPN to 5GS, 5GS to NPN, etc.
  • the NPN can be specifically an independent NPN (stand alone NPN, SNPN).
  • the reason for movement may further include: SNPN to 5GS, SNPN to PLMN, 5GS to SNPN, PLMN to SNPN, etc.
  • the immediate suspension indication information may be an explicit indication or an implicit indication.
  • the immediate pause indication information may be one or more bits. For example, 1 means pause immediately, and 0 means not pause immediately.
  • the immediate suspension indication information may be a numerical value. By comparing this value with a threshold, it is determined whether to immediately suspend the user plane data of the UE's first network. For example, when the value indicated by the immediate suspension indication information is greater than or equal to the set threshold, it means that the data transmission is suspended immediately. When the value indicated by the immediate pause indication message is less than the set threshold, it means that there is no need to immediately pause data transmission.
  • the first time indicated by the first time information also has a function of indicating whether to immediately suspend transmission. For example, when time1 is equal to 0, it means that the transmission of user plane data of the first network of the UE is immediately suspended. time1 is not equal to 0, it means that the UE triggers inter-network movement after time1.
  • the first message or the first RRC message may also carry the following information: UE ID, the identification of the second network to which the UE will move, the cell ID of the second network to which the UE will move, and the connection of the second network.
  • UE ID the identification of the second network to which the UE will move
  • cell ID of the second network to which the UE will move the cell ID of the second network to which the UE will move
  • connection of the second network The ID of the networked device and the address of the N3IWF to be connected to after the UE moves to the second network.
  • the information that the first message and the first RRC message can carry can include one or more of the following in addition to the first time information, reason, immediate suspension indication information, and proximity indication information :
  • the information of NPN-N3IWF may be the address of NPN-N3IWF. If the UE moves from the PLMN to the NPN, the identity of the NPN can be the PLMN ID and/or the network identifier (NID).
  • the UE may instruct the RAN of the first network to reserve the context of the UE through an RRC message (for example, an RRC release message, or a proximity indication message), and the RAN of the first network may then send a message indicating the first
  • the core network control plane network element of the network retains the context of the UE.
  • the UE instructs the core network control plane network element of the first network to reserve the context of the UE through a NAS message (for example, a proximity indication message), and the core network control plane network element of the first network further sends a message instructing the RAN of the first network to reserve the UE The context.
  • the UE sends the RRC message and the NAS message to the RAN of the first network and the control plane network element of the core network respectively, and the RAN and the control plane network element of the core network of the first network reserve the context of the UE according to the instruction of the UE.
  • the RRC message (for example, RRC release message, or proximity indication message) may carry an indication information or indication identifier, and the indication information or indication identifier is used to instruct the RAN to retain the context of the UE.
  • the RRC message (for example, the RRC release message, or the proximity indication message) may also carry a cause, and the cause may be movement from the first network to the second network, for example, may include: NPN to PLMN, PLMN to NPN, non-3GPP to 5GS, 5GS to non-3GPP, NPN to 5GS, 5GS to NPN, SNPN to 5GS, SNPN to PLMN, 5GS to SNPN, PLMN to SNPN, etc.
  • the NAS message sent by the UE to the core network control plane network element of the first network carries the indication information or indication identifier, the reason, and so on.
  • the UE After the UE moves to the second network and accesses the second network, the UE notifies the core network control plane network element of the first network to restore the context of the UE.
  • the UE or the core network control plane network element of the first network may also notify the RAN of the first network to restore the context of the UE. The reason may be carried in the notification.
  • the UE when it needs to move from the first network to the second network, it may also send a NAS message (for example, a proximity indication message) to the core network control plane network element of the second network, and the NAS message is used to notify the second network
  • a NAS message for example, a proximity indication message
  • the control plane network element of the core network retains the context of the UE.
  • the NAS message sent by the UE to the core network control plane network element of the second network may carry the indication information or indication identifier, the reason, and so on.
  • the UE After the UE moves to the second network and accesses the second network, the UE sends an RRC message (such as an RRC resume request message) to the RAN of the second network.
  • the RRC message is used to instruct to restore the context of the UE.
  • the control plane network element of the core network of the second network obtains the context of the UE, and responds to the UE with an RRC message (for example, an RRC Resume message).
  • the RRC message (for example, RRC resume request message, RRC Resume message) may also carry the cause.
  • the core network control plane network element of the second network can be notified to restore the context of the UE through a NAS message.
  • the NAS message can carry the cause, and the core network control plane network of the second network
  • the element then sends the UE context to the RAN of the second network, and then the RAN of the second network responds to the UE with an RRC message (for example, an RRC Resume message), and the RRC message may carry the reason.
  • an RRC message for example, an RRC Resume message
  • the UE sends an RRC message (for example, an RRC release message, or a proximity indication message) to the RAN of the first network before moving from the first network to the second network.
  • the RAN of the first network determines whether to retain the context of the UE according to an RRC message (for example, an RRC release message or a proximity indication message), and sends an RRC message (for example, an RRC Release message) to notify the UE whether to retain the context of the UE.
  • the UE sends a NAS message (for example, a proximity indication message) to a core network control plane network element of the first network.
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network determines whether to retain the context of the UE according to the NAS message, and notifies the RAN and UE of the first network respectively, or the core network control plane network element of the first network notifies whether the RAN of the first network
  • the context of the UE is reserved, and the RAN of the first network then sends an RRC message (for example, an RRC Release message) to notify the UE.
  • the RRC message (for example, an RRC release message) may carry an indication information or indication identifier, and the indication information or indication identifier is used to instruct the UE to retain the context.
  • the RRC message (for example, an RRC release message) may also carry the reason.
  • the notifications sent by the core network control plane network element of the first network to the RAN and the UE of the first network respectively carry the indication information or indication identifier, the reason, and so on.
  • the UE After the UE moves to the second network and accesses the second network, the UE notifies the core network control plane network element of the first network to restore the context of the UE.
  • the UE or the core network control plane network element of the first network may also notify the RAN of the first network to restore the context of the UE. The reason may be carried in the notification.
  • the UE when it needs to move from the first network to the second network, it may also send a NAS message (for example, proximity indication message) to the core network control plane network element of the second network, and the core network control plane network of the second network
  • a NAS message for example, proximity indication message
  • the meta determines whether to retain the context of the UE according to the NAS message, and sends a NAS message to notify the UE whether to retain the context.
  • the NAS message sent by the core network control plane network element of the second network to the UE may carry an indication information or indication identifier, and the indication information or indication identifier is used to instruct the UE to retain the context.
  • the reason may also be carried in the NAS message.
  • the UE After the UE moves to the second network and accesses the second network, the UE sends an RRC message (such as an RRC resume request message) to the RAN of the second network.
  • the RRC message is used to instruct to restore the context of the UE.
  • the control plane network element of the core network of the second network obtains the context of the UE, and responds to the UE with an RRC message (for example, an RRC Resume message).
  • the RRC message (for example, RRC Resume request message, RRC Resume message) may also carry the reason.
  • the core network control plane network element of the second network can be notified to restore the context of the UE through a NAS message.
  • the NAS message can carry the cause, and the core network control plane network of the second network
  • the element then sends the UE context to the RAN of the second network, and then the RAN of the second network responds to the UE with an RRC message (for example, an RRC Resume message), and the RRC message may carry the reason.
  • an RRC message for example, an RRC Resume message
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network sends a second message to the core network user plane network element of the first network.
  • the core network user plane network element of the first network receives the second message from the core network control plane network element of the first network.
  • the second message is used to instruct the core network user plane network element of the first network to suspend the transmission of the user plane data of the first network of the UE.
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network there may be no direct interface between the core network control plane network element of the first network and the core network user plane network element of the first network, and a session management network element is required, for example, the session management function (session management function) ,SMF), forwarding. Therefore, those skilled in the art should understand that the second message received by the core network user plane network element of the first network from the core network control plane network element of the first network is sent and merged by the core network control plane network element of the first network. Message processed by the session management network element.
  • the session management network element for example, the session management function (session management function)
  • the core network user plane network element of the first network sends a third message to the core network control plane network element of the first network.
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network receives the third message from the core network user plane network element of the first network.
  • the third message is used as a response message of the second message.
  • the third message carries second time information.
  • the second time information is used to indicate that the user plane network element of the core network of the first network will suspend the transmission of the user plane data of the first network of the UE after the second time.
  • the second time may be after the first time, or may be equal to the first time, or after the first time, which is not limited here.
  • the third message may carry one or more of the following information: first time information, reason, immediate suspension indication information, proximity indication information, UE identification, and session identification of the PDU session established by the UE in the first network.
  • the user plane network element of the core network of the first network still needs to retain the UE context after the first time or the second time.
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network still needs to retain the context of the UE after the first time or the second time.
  • the core network control plane network element and the core network user plane network element of the first network still retain the context of the UE's first network after the first time;
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network and the core network user plane network element still retain the UE's first network context after the second time;
  • the second time coincides with the first time
  • the core network control plane network element and the core network user plane network element of the first network still retain the context of the UE after the first time (that is, the second time).
  • other network elements are similar for preserving the context of the UE.
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network further executes 205.
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network sends a fourth message to the access network device of the first network.
  • the access network device of the first network receives the fourth message from the core network control plane network element of the first network.
  • the fourth message is used to inform the access network device of the first network that the user plane network element of the core network of the first network will suspend the transmission of user plane data of the first network of the UE after the second time.
  • the fourth message carries the second time information.
  • the fourth message also carries one or more of the following information: first time information, movement reason, immediate suspension indication information, and proximity indication information.
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network directly receives the first message from the UE and learns that the UE will move from the first network to the second network, the access network device of the first network does not know that the UE wants Move across the network. Therefore, in 205, the core network control plane network element of the first network sends the second time information and the first time information related to the cross-network movement of the UE, the reason for the movement, the immediate suspension indication information, and the proximity indication information through the fourth message. Wait to inform the access network equipment of the first network.
  • the fourth message carries the second Time information.
  • the fourth message also carries one or more of the following information: UE ID, PDU session identifier of the first network of the UE, quality flow identifier (QFI) and data Radio bearer identifier (data radio bearer identifier, DRB ID).
  • UE ID PDU session identifier of the first network of the UE
  • QFI quality flow identifier
  • DRB ID data Radio bearer identifier
  • the access network device of the first network still needs to retain the context of the UE after the first time or the second time.
  • the access network device of the first network receives the fourth message from the core network control plane network element of the first network. After that, the access network device of the first network executes 206.
  • the access network device of the first network sends a second RRC message to the UE.
  • the UE receives the second RRC message from the access network device of the first network.
  • the second RRC message carries second time information.
  • the second RRC message is used to inform the UE that the user plane network element of the core network of the first network will suspend the transmission of user plane data of the UE of the first network after the second time.
  • the access network device of the first network no longer sends data to the UE after the first time according to the first time information.
  • the access network device of the first network will receive the user plane data of the first network of the UE that has not been sent up to the first time and the first network of the UE newly arrived after the first time.
  • the user plane data of the network is cached and the UE context is saved for a period of time.
  • the UE retains the context of the first network for a period of time after the first time or the second time.
  • the downlink data transmission is taken as an example here, and the access network device of the first network no longer sends data to the UE after the first time.
  • the access network device of the first network can still send data to the user plane network element of the core network of the first network after the first time.
  • the data needs to be transmitted back to the network element of the second network, for example, to the access network device of the second network, the access network of the second network
  • the device uploads to the core network user plane network element of the first network, but cannot be directly uploaded from the access network device of the first network to the core network user plane network element of the first network.
  • the user plane network element of the core network of the first network can still continue to upload the received uplink data to the data network after the second time.
  • the UE before triggering the movement from the first network to the second network, notifies the network elements of the first network that the UE will trigger the inter-network movement, so as to facilitate the core network user plane network elements of the first network And the access network equipment of the first network element suspends the transmission of user plane data of the first network of the UE to avoid air interface packet loss during the cross-network movement of the UE, and at the same time reduce the amount of data backhaul of the network after the cross-network movement of the UE is completed.
  • the core network user plane network element of the first network and the access network device of the first network may both buffer the user plane data of the first network that has not been sent to the UE. After the UE accesses the second network, backhaul to the UE. If it is uplink data transmission, the access network device of the first network buffers the data from the UE that has not been sent to the user plane network element of the core network of the first network.
  • the UE moves across the network.
  • the UE accesses the second network.
  • the UE sends a NAS message to the core network control plane network element of the first network.
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network receives the NAS message from the UE.
  • the NAS message is used to instruct the UE to move to the second network.
  • the indication manner of the NAS message for instructing the UE to move to the second network may be explicit or implicit.
  • the implicit indication for example, if the core network control plane network element of the first network receives the first NAS message from the UE, it can be known that the UE has moved to the second network.
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network notifies other network elements of the first network to establish data backhaul resources for the UE.
  • other network elements of the first network may include: a core network user plane network element of the first network, an access network device of the first network, and a first N3IWF.
  • establishing data backhaul resources may include establishing backhaul channels, allocating transmission network layer port addresses, and allocating PDU session resources for carrying backhaul channels.
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network sends a fifth message, where the fifth message is used to notify the access network device of the first network to send the buffered user plane data of the first network of the UE.
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network notifies the access network device of the first network to return the buffered user plane data of the UE of the first network.
  • the fifth message sent by the core network control plane network element of the first network to the access network device of the first network may also carry the following information: UE ID (for example, NGAP UE ID), PDU session identifier of the first network , DRB ID, QFI, etc.
  • UE ID for example, NGAP UE ID
  • PDU session identifier of the first network DRB ID, QFI, etc.
  • the access network device of the first network sends the buffered user plane data of the UE of the first network to the UE.
  • the RAN of the first network returns the buffered user plane data of the first network of the UE to the UE.
  • the access network device of the first network transmits the buffered user plane data of the first network of the UE back to the UE through the network element of the second network according to the information received from the control plane network element of the core network of the first network.
  • the first access network device may also return to the UE the user plane data of the first network of the UE newly arrived after the first time.
  • the flow shown in FIG. 2 is based on downlink data transmission as an example. Therefore, after the UE moves from the first network to the second network, the access network device of the first network sends the buffered user plane data of the first network of the UE to the UE. If it is in uplink data transmission, after the UE moves to the second network, the access network device of the first network sends the buffered user plane data of the first network of the UE to the network element of the second network, for example, The uplink data is sent to the access network device of the second network, and the access network device of the second network sends the uplink data to the core network user plane network element of the first network (for example, the UPF of the first network).
  • the core network user plane network element of the first network for example, the UPF of the first network.
  • steps 201-211 shown in FIG. 2 are only numbered for clearly describing the embodiment. In the specific implementation, it is not limited to being exactly the same as the steps shown in FIG. 2. For example, all the steps in FIG. 2 may be included, or other steps other than steps 201-211 may be included, or only some of the steps in steps 201-211 may be included, and the solution of the present application is not limited. The following embodiments are also applicable, and will not be repeated below.
  • the UE or RAN notifies the core network control plane network element to suspend the transmission of UE corresponding user plane data, and the core network control plane network element then notifies the core network user plane network element to suspend the UE corresponding user plane data transmission. transmission.
  • the UE or the RAN may also directly notify the user plane network element of the core network to suspend the UE corresponding user plane data transmission. For example, the UE or the RAN adds pause indication information to the user plane data packet sent.
  • the UE successfully accesses the second network from the first network.
  • the network side has not yet noticed that the UE is accessing the second network.
  • the UE may not move to the second network, or the UE may not have access to the second network after moving to the second network.
  • this application proposes that the network side initiates the process of finding the location of the UE, and according to the search results, it makes a decision to continue to wait for the UE to access, restore the context of the PDU session of the UE’s first network, and maintain the UE’s first network. Decisions such as the transmission of user plane data or the release of UE context. Description will be given below in conjunction with FIG. 3.
  • FIG. 3 is an example of the cross-network movement process of the UE provided by this application.
  • the UE accesses the first network.
  • the UE establishes a PDU session of the first network, or the UE does not establish a PDU session of the first network.
  • the UE When the UE needs to move from the first network to the second network, the UE sends a first message to a core network control plane network element of the first network.
  • step 203 the specific implementation of the UE sending the first message to the core network control plane network element of the first network can refer to step 203 above, which will not be repeated here.
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network receives the first message from the UE.
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network queries the location information of the UE.
  • the third time should be greater than the first time.
  • control plane network element of the core network of the first network can query the location information of the UE in multiple ways.
  • the location information of the UE can query the location information of the UE in multiple ways.
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network sends a location report control message to the access network device of the first network, where the location report control message is used to inquire about the location information of the UE.
  • the location reporting control message may specifically be a location reporting control message.
  • the location report control message carries the UE's identity, reason (or called query reason) or type (or called query type), etc.
  • the query reason is used to instruct the core network control plane network element of the first network to inquire whether the UE has completed cross-network movement.
  • the query type is used to indicate the type of cross-network movement of the UE, which may include the UE moving from a public network to a non-public network, or the UE moving from a non-public network to a public network, etc. Specifically, for example, UE moves from NPN to NPN, UE moves from NPN to PLMN, UE moves from PLMN to PLMN, UE moves from PLMN to NPN, and so on.
  • the access network device of the first network receives the position report control message from the core network control plane network element of the first network. After querying the location of the UE, the access network device of the first network sends a location report to the core network control plane network element of the first network, and the location report is used to indicate the current location information of the UE.
  • the current location information of the UE may include the ID, cell ID, or tracking area information of the network where the UE is currently located, or part or all of the timestamp of the UE appearing in the corresponding location.
  • the location report may also carry movement indication information, which is used to indicate whether the UE has moved to the second network. For example, 1 means that it has moved to the second network, 0 means no, and vice versa.
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network sends a location report control message to the N3IWF, and the location report control message is used to request to inquire about the location information of the UE.
  • the information carried in the location report control message can be the same as that in Method 1, and will not be repeated.
  • the N3IWF here may be the N3IWF of the first network, the N3IWF of the second network, or the N3IWF shared by the first network and the second network.
  • the N3IWF sends a location report to the core network control plane network element of the first network, and the location report is used to indicate the current location information of the UE.
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network may also send a location report control message to the access network device of the second network. Furthermore, the UE's location report is received from the access network device of the second network.
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network manages the cross-network movement of the UE according to the location information of the UE.
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network performs different processing according to different conditions of the current location of the UE.
  • the UE is still located in the first network.
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network sends an air interface message to the access network device of the first network through the NG interface, asking the UE whether to move across the network.
  • the access network device of the first network inquires the UE through the RRC message.
  • the UE feeds back to the access network device of the first network whether it needs to move across networks through the RRC message.
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network directly asks the UE whether to move across networks through a NAS message. Accordingly, the UE directly sends a NAS message to the core network control plane network element of the first network. Feedback whether you want to move across networks
  • the UE feeds back an RRC message to the access network device of the first network, and the RRC message carries fourth time information.
  • the access network device of the first network then forwards the fourth time information to the core network control plane network element of the first network through the RRC message.
  • the UE sends a NAS message to the core network control plane network element of the first network, and the NAS message carries the fourth time information.
  • the fourth time information is used to instruct the UE to move across networks after the fourth time has elapsed.
  • the fourth time may be equal to the first time above.
  • the fourth time indicated by the fourth time information may be the above time1.
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network continues to wait for the UE to access the second network after it has moved to the second network after learning that the UE will move across networks. Therefore, the subsequent process can refer to the process of the UE performing cross-network movement shown in FIG. 2, which will not be repeated here.
  • the UE cancels inter-network movement.
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network informs the core network user plane network element of the first network and the access network device of the first network to restore the UE The context of the PDU session of the first network. Specifically, the core network control plane network element of the first network may inform the core network user plane network element of the first network and the access network device of the first network of the device identification of the terminal device and the first UE's first network element that needs to be restored.
  • the UE is handed over to another cell of the first network.
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network initiates to reconfigure the PDU session resource for the UE.
  • control plane element of the core network of the first network informs the access network equipment of the first network to reconfigure resources for the UE, rebuild the data radio bearer (DRB) and signaling radio bearer (SRB) Wait.
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • SRB signaling radio bearer
  • the UE has moved to the second network, but has not yet initiated access.
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network continues to wait.
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network waits to establish a backhaul tunnel for user plane data of the PDU session of the first network for the UE.
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network does not find the UE. In this case, the core network control plane network element of the first network notifies the network element of the first network to initiate paging to the UE in the first network. If the UE is located under another RAN of the first network, an intra-network handover is performed on the UE. Among them, the intra-network handover can be a handover based on the NG interface or a switch based on the Xn interface, which is not limited here. If the UE is located in the second network, the core network control plane network element of the first network continues to wait. For example, waiting to establish a backhaul tunnel for user plane data of the PDU session of the first network for the UE.
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network informs the network element of the second network to initiate paging for the UE on the second network. If it is inquired that the UE has access to a cell other than the source cell of the first network, the core network control plane network element of the first network reconfigures the PDU session resource for the UE. If it is found that the UE has moved to the second network, the core network control plane network element of the first network continues to wait.
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network waits for a period of time, and then notifies the access network device of the first network and the core network user plane network element of the first network to release the UE context.
  • the following describes the process of cross-network movement from the first network to the second network when the UE is located in the first network and establishes a PDU session in the second network through the first network.
  • the UE accesses the second network through the first network, and when the UE needs to move from the first network to the second network, the UE notifies the core network element of the second network that the UE will trigger the cross-network movement.
  • the UE accesses the second network through the first network
  • the UE accesses the second network through the interworking network element (for example, N3IWF) of the first network and the second network, instead of accessing through the RAN of the second network The second network.
  • the interworking network element for example, N3IWF
  • FIG. 4 is another example of the process of UE moving across networks.
  • the UE accesses the second network.
  • the UE may establish a PDU session of the second network, or the UE may not establish a PDU session of the second network.
  • the UE When the UE needs to move from the first network to the second network, the UE sends a sixth message to a core network control plane network element of the second network.
  • the core network control plane network element of the second network receives the sixth message from the UE.
  • the sixth message may be a NAS message.
  • the sixth message may carry one or more of the following information: first time information, reason (or called, movement reason), immediate suspension indication information, or proximity indication information.
  • the first time information is used to indicate that the UE triggers inter-network movement after the first time.
  • the reason for movement is used to indicate cross-network movement.
  • the immediate suspension indication information is used to indicate whether to immediately suspend the transmission of the user plane data of the second network of the UE.
  • the proximity indication information may carry one or more of the following information: indication information that the UE is entering the neighboring area of one or more cells of the non-public network, and the UE is leaving the neighboring area of one or more cells of the non-public network.
  • indication information that the UE is entering the neighboring area of one or more cells of the non-public network, and the UE is leaving the neighboring area of one or more cells of the non-public network.
  • the character strings entering and leaving indicate entry and exit respectively, and the ARFCN or cell ID of the cell can be used to identify the cell.
  • the sixth message can also carry the following information: UE ID, the identification of the second network to which the UE will move, the cell ID of the second network to which the UE will move, and the ID of the access network device of the second network. And the address of the N3IWF to be connected after the UE moves to the second network, etc.
  • the core network control plane network element of the second network sends a seventh message to the core network user plane network element of the second network.
  • the core network user plane network element of the second network receives the seventh message from the core network control plane network element of the second network.
  • the seventh message is used to instruct the core network user plane network element of the second network to suspend the transmission of user plane data of the second network of the UE.
  • the seventh message also carries one or more of the following information: first time information, reason for movement, immediate suspension indication information, or proximity indication information.
  • the core network user plane network element of the second network sends an eighth message to the core network control plane network element of the second network.
  • the core network control plane network element of the second network receives the eighth message from the core network user plane network element of the second network.
  • the response message of the eighth message carries second time information.
  • the second time information is used to indicate that the user plane network element of the core network of the second network will suspend the transmission of the user plane data of the second network of the UE after the second time.
  • the eighth message also carries the session identifier of the PDU session of the second network of the UE and immediate suspension indication information.
  • the core network control plane network element and the core network user plane network element of the second network still need to retain the context of the UE after the first time or the second time.
  • the core network control plane network element of the second network notifies the access network device and the UE of the first network of the second time information.
  • the core network control plane network element of the second network directly sends the NAS message to the UE, and the NAS message carries the second time information.
  • the UE informs the access network device of the first network of the first time information and the second time information.
  • the core network control plane network element of the second network sends a ninth message to the N3IWF, and the ninth message carries the first time information and the second time information.
  • the N3IWF further notifies the first time information and the second time information to the access network device of the first network.
  • the N3IWF after acquiring the second time information carried in the ninth message, notifies the UE of the second time information. Further, the UE notifies the first time information and the second time information to the access network device of the first network.
  • the access network device of the first network learns the first time information of the UE, according to the first time information, it will no longer send the user plane data of the second network to the UE after the first time. In other words, the access network device of the first network caches the user plane data of the second network of the UE that has not been sent up to the first time.
  • the access network device of the first network needs to buffer the out-of-order uplink data, and cannot directly send the out-of-order uplink data to the core network user of the second network. Instead, the out-of-order uplink data should be sent back to the network element of the second network, and the network element of the second network sends it to the user-plane network element of the core network of the second network.
  • the UE before triggering the inter-network movement from the first network to the second network, the UE notifies the network element of the second network that the UE will trigger the inter-network movement.
  • the UE After the first time has elapsed, the UE triggers inter-network movement.
  • the UE moves from the first network to the second network, and accesses the second network.
  • the UE sends a NAS message to a core network control plane network element of the second network.
  • the NAS message is used to notify the core network control plane network element of the second network to prepare to send the buffered user plane data of the second network of the UE.
  • the NAS message in step 407 is used to notify the core network control plane network element of the second network to return the user plane data of the second network of the UE.
  • the core network control plane network element of the second network After receiving the NAS message from the UE, notifies other network elements of the second network (for example, the core network control plane network element of the second network notifies the access network device of the second network) And the core network user plane network element of the second network) establish data backhaul resources for the UE.
  • the UE sends a NAS message to the core network control plane network element of the first network.
  • the NAS message is used to instruct the UE to access the second network.
  • the indication information may be explicit or implicit.
  • the implicit indication for example, if the core network control plane network element of the first network receives the first NAS message from the UE, it can know that the UE has moved to the second network.
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network informs the access network device of the first network to send the buffered user plane data of the second network of the UE to the UE.
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network notifies other network elements of the first network to establish data backhaul resources for the UE.
  • other network elements of the first network may include: a core network user plane network element of the first network, an access network device of the first network, and a first N3IWF.
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network notifies the access network device of the first network to send the buffered user plane data of the second network of the UE.
  • the fifth message sent by the core network control plane network element of the first network to the access network device of the first network may also carry the following information: UE ID (for example, NGAP UE ID), PDU session identifier of the second network , DRB ID, QFI, etc.
  • UE ID for example, NGAP UE ID
  • PDU session identifier of the second network DRB ID, QFI, etc.
  • the access network device of the first network sends the buffered user plane data of the second network of the UE to the UE.
  • the RAN of the first network returns the buffered user plane data of the second network of the UE to the UE.
  • the access network device of the first network transmits the buffered user plane data of the second network of the UE back to the UE through the network element of the second network according to the information received from the control plane network element of the core network of the first network.
  • the UE moves from the first network to the second network and successfully accesses the second network. Similar to the embodiment shown in Figure 3 above, in some cases, after the UE notifies the network element of the second network that it will trigger the inter-network movement, the network element of the second network has not yet sensed that the UE has successfully accessed The second network. In this case, the network element of the second network also initiates the process of finding the location of the UE, and according to the result of the finding, continues to wait for the UE to access the second network, restores the context of the UE’s second network PDU session, and continues the UE’s User plane data transmission of the second network or release of UE context, etc. The description will be given below in conjunction with FIG. 5.
  • FIG. 5 is another example of the flow of the UE moving across networks.
  • the UE accesses the first network.
  • the UE may establish a PDU session of the second network through the first network, or the UE may not establish a PDU session of the second network.
  • the UE When the UE needs to move from the first network to the second network, the UE sends a sixth message to the core network control plane network element of the second network.
  • the core network control plane network element of the second network queries the location information of the UE.
  • the control plane network element of the core network of the second network can query the location information of the UE in multiple ways.
  • the core network control plane network element of the second network may send a location report control message to the access network device or N3IWF of the second network to request the current location information of the UE.
  • the location report control message can carry information such as the identity of the UE, the query reason, or the query type.
  • the N3IWF in 503 may be the N3IWF of the second network, or the N3IWF of the first network, or the N3IWF shared by the first network and the second network, which is not limited here.
  • the access network device or N3IWF of the first network after receiving the location report control message from the core network control plane network element of the second network, the access network device or N3IWF of the first network sends a query message to the UE.
  • the query message carries the reason for the query and information used to inquire whether the UE moves to the second network, etc.
  • the UE feeds back its own location information to the access network device of the first network or the N3IWF.
  • the location information may include one or more of the following: the identity of the network where the UE is located, the cell identity of the cell where the UE is located, tracking area information, and the timestamp of the UE at the corresponding location.
  • the UE may also inform whether the access network device of the first network or the N3IWF has moved to the second network.
  • the access network device of the first network or the N3IWF sends the location of the UE to the core network control plane network element of the second network, and informs whether the UE has moved to the second network.
  • the control plane network element of the core network of the second network manages the inter-network movement of the UE according to the current location information of the UE.
  • the core network control plane network element of the second network performs different processing according to different situations of the current location of the UE.
  • the UE is still located in the source cell of the first network, or is handed over to another cell of the first network.
  • the core network control plane network element of the second network asks the access network device of the first network through the NG interface whether the UE needs to move across networks.
  • the access network equipment of the first network asks the UE whether to move across networks through the RRC message.
  • the UE feeds back to the access network device of the first network through the RRC message whether it needs to move across networks.
  • the access network device of the first network forwards the feedback of the UE to the core network control plane network element of the second network through the NG interface.
  • the control plane network element of the core network of the second network directly asks the UE whether to move across the network through a NAS message.
  • the UE directly feeds back to the core network control plane network element of the second network through the NAS message whether it needs to move across the network.
  • the UE sends an RRC message to the access network device of the first network, and the RRC message carries fourth time information.
  • the access network device of the first network feeds back the fourth time information to the core network control plane network element of the second network through the NG interface.
  • the UE sends a NAS message to a core network control plane network element of the second network, and the NAS message carries the fourth time information.
  • the fourth time information is used to instruct the UE to move across networks after the fourth time has elapsed.
  • the fourth time may be equal to the first time above.
  • the fourth time indicated by the fourth time information may be the above time1.
  • the core network control plane network element of the second network continues to wait for the UE to access the second network after learning that the UE needs to move across networks.
  • the UE feeds back to the core network control plane network element of the second network to cancel the inter-network movement.
  • the core network control plane network element of the second network informs the core network user plane network element of the first network to restore the UE context and the user plane data of the second network of the UE And inform the core network user plane network element of the first network of the UE’s PDU session of the second network that needs to be restored, the reason for resuming data transmission (for example, not moving across networks), and whether to resume transmission immediately .
  • the core network control plane network element of the second network also needs to notify the N3IWF to resume the transmission of the UE context and the user plane data of the corresponding PDU session, and inform the reason for resuming data transmission (for example, not moving across the network) and whether to resume immediately Transmission etc.
  • the N3IWF informs the access network device of the first network to resume the transmission of the user plane data of the UE context and the PDU session of the second network of the UE.
  • the N3IWF notifies the UE to resume the user plane data transmission of the PDU session of the second network of the context and the UE through a NAS message (through the N1 interface).
  • the UE notifies the access network device of the first network to resume the UE context and the user plane data transmission of the PDU session of the second network of the UE through the RRC message.
  • the UE is still located in the first network, but the UE is handed over to other cells of the first network.
  • the core network control plane network element of the second network notifies the N3IWF to reconfigure PDU session resources for the UE.
  • the N3IWF then notifies the access network device of the first network to reconfigure the PDU session resource for the UE.
  • the access network device of the first network reconfigures PDU session resources for the UE, rebuilds DRB and SRB, and so on.
  • the core network control plane network element of the second network does not find the UE.
  • the core network control plane network element of the second network sends a location report control message to the N3IWF to request to inquire about the location information of the UE.
  • the N3IWF sends a location report control to the core network control plane network element of the first network, requesting to query the location information of the UE.
  • the core network control plane network element of the first network initiates paging to the UE in the first network. According to the paging result, the core network control plane network element of the first network reports the location information of the UE to the N3IWF and informs whether the UE has moved to the second network. Further, the N3IWF reports the location information of the UE to the core network control plane network element of the second network, and informs whether the UE has moved to the second network.
  • an intra-network handover is performed on the UE.
  • the intra-network handover can be a handover based on the NG interface, or a handover based on the Xn interface.
  • the core network control plane network element of the second network continues to wait. For example, waiting to establish a backhaul tunnel for user plane data of a PDU session of the second network for the UE.
  • the core network control plane network element of the second network initiates paging for the UE on the first network through the network element of the first network. If it is found that the UE is still located in the first network, the core network control plane network element of the second network continues to wait. If the UE is still not found in the second network, the core network control plane network element of the second network continues to wait for a period of time. After a period of time, the core network control plane network element of the second network notifies the access network device of the first network and the core network user plane network element of the second network to release the UE context.
  • AMF is used as an example of a core network control plane network element
  • UPF is used as an example of a core network user plane network element.
  • the AMF in the first network is called the first AMF
  • the UPF of the first network is called the first UPF
  • the access network device of the first network is called the first access network.
  • the N3IWF in the first network is called the first N3IWF.
  • the AMF in the second network is called the second AMF
  • the UPF of the second network is called the second UPF
  • the access network device in the second network is called the second access network device
  • the N3IWF in the second network is called The second N3IWF.
  • the first network is NPN and the second network is PLMN as an example for description.
  • the following embodiments take the inter-network cell reselection of the UE as an example for description.
  • Fig. 6 is an example of the UE performing inter-network cell reselection from the NPN to the PLMN.
  • the cell reselection in this application is different from the traditional idle state UE performing cell reselection, but the UE in the connected state autonomously decides to perform the cross-network cell "handover", but it is not the cell "handover” controlled by the network side.
  • the UE establishes an NPN PDU session through the NPN.
  • the NPN PDU session is referred to as an NPN PDU session.
  • the session identifier of the NPN PDU session established by the UE is NPN PDU ID1.
  • the UE When the UE needs to reselect from the NPN to the PLMN, the UE sends RRC signaling to the NPN-RAN, and the RRC signaling is used to notify the UE that the cross-network cell reselection is to be performed.
  • the RRC signaling may carry reselection reason or first time information.
  • the RRC signaling may also include the identity of the PLMN to be reselected by the UE (hereinafter referred to as PLMN ID), TAC, PLMN NG-RAN Cell ID, UE ID, PLMN NG-RAN Node ID and other information.
  • PLMN ID the identity of the PLMN to be reselected by the UE
  • TAC the identity of the PLMN to be reselected by the UE
  • the RRC signaling may also carry the information of the NPN-N3IWF to be connected after the UE reselects to the PLMN.
  • NPN-N3IWF IP address For example, NPN-N3IWF IP address.
  • the UE can also directly inform the NPN-AMF through the NAS information that it is about to reselect a cell across the network.
  • the NAS message will also carry the above information, which will not be repeated here.
  • the NAS message here may be an example of the first message.
  • the UE ID carried in the RRC signaling or NAS message may be indicated by the NGAP UE ID.
  • the NPN-RAN informs the UE under the NPN-AMF to reselect the inter-network cell through the NG interface signaling, and informs the NPN-AMF of the information received in 602.
  • the message sent by the NPN-RAN through the NG port for notifying the UE under the NPN-AMF that the cross-network cell reselection will be performed may be another example of the first message.
  • the NPN-AMF sends a transmission suspension message to the NPN-UPF to inform the NPN-UPF to suspend transmission of the user plane data of the NPN PDU ID1 of the UE.
  • the "pause" is because during the inter-network movement of the UE, data that has not been sent up to the first time is buffered. After the UE accesses the second network, it needs to continue to send the buffered data to the UE.
  • pause in this document can also be expressed as “stop”. But in the same way, “stop” means to stop during the cross-network movement of the UE.
  • the transmission suspension message may be an example of the second message above.
  • the transmission suspension message includes: NPN PDU session ID (here, specifically NPN PDU ID1), time1, the reason for suspending the user plane data transmission of NPN PDU ID1, and whether to immediately suspend the identification or proximity indication information.
  • NPN PDU session ID here, specifically NPN PDU ID1
  • time1 the reason for suspending the user plane data transmission of NPN PDU ID1, and whether to immediately suspend the identification or proximity indication information.
  • time1 is represented as time 1 in the figure.
  • the NPN-UPF informs the NPN-AMF that the transmission of the user plane data of the NPN PDU ID1 of the UE will be suspended after time 2.
  • time2 is represented as time 2 in the figure.
  • the message sent by NPN-UPF to NPN-AMF can carry time 2, NPN PDU session ID, or immediate suspension indication information.
  • NPN-UPF must reserve the NPN PDU ID1 identified NPN PDU session for a period of time.
  • the message sent by NPN-UPF to NPN-AMF in step 605 is an example of the third message.
  • the NPN-AMF informs the NPN-RAN of the UE underneath the NPN PDU through the NG interface that the data of the PDU session of ID1 will suspend transmission after time2.
  • the NPN-AMF informs the NPN-RAN of the UE ID (for example, NG UE ID), the identifier of the NPN PDU session (specifically, NPN PDU ID1), and the reason for the suspension of transmission (for example, cross-network cell reselection).
  • the UE ID for example, NG UE ID
  • the identifier of the NPN PDU session specifically, NPN PDU ID1
  • the reason for the suspension of transmission for example, cross-network cell reselection.
  • NPN-AMF saves the UE context for a period of time afterwards.
  • the message sent by the NPN-AMF to the NPN-RAN through the NG interface in step 606 is an example of the fourth message.
  • the NPN-RAN informs the UE that the user plane data of its NPN PDU ID 1 will be suspended after time2.
  • the NPN-RAN saves the UE context for a period of time, and caches the user plane data of the NPN PDU session identified by the NPN PDU ID1 that has not been sent until time1.
  • the UE reselects from NPN to PLMN.
  • the UE sends a NAS message through the N1_NPN interface under the PLMN to inform the NPN-AMF to perform NPN PDU ID1 user plane data back transmission.
  • the NPN-AMF After receiving the NAS message of the UE, the NPN-AMF informs other network elements (for example, NPN-UPF, NPN-N3IWF, NPN-RAN) to establish data backhaul resources for the UE.
  • the NPN-UPF for example, NPN-UPF, NPN-N3IWF, NPN-RAN
  • the NPN-AMF informs the NPN-RAN through an NG interface message to return the buffered user plane data of the NPN PDU session identified by the NPN PDU ID1 to the UE.
  • the NPN-AMF informs the NPN-RAN of the UE ID (for example, NGAP UE ID), the NPN PDU session identifier (here specifically, NPN PDU ID1), QFI or DRB ID, etc.
  • the UE ID for example, NGAP UE ID
  • the NPN PDU session identifier here specifically, NPN PDU ID1
  • QFI or DRB ID
  • the NG interface message in step 610 is an example of the fifth message.
  • the NPN-RAN sends the buffered user plane data of the NPN PDU session of the UE to the UE.
  • Figure 6 shows the flow of the UE successfully reselecting to the PLMN.
  • the UE informs the NPN-AMF that the inter-network cell reselection will be performed
  • the UE has not reselected to the PLMN, and the NPN-AMF initiates the process of finding the UE location information, or makes an NPN PDU to continue waiting for the UE to access and resume the UE.
  • the context of the session, the user plane data transmission to continue the NPN PDU session of the UE, and the release of the UE context are determined. See Figure 7.
  • FIG. 7 is an example of the processing flow of the network device in the case that the UE is not reselected to the second network.
  • the UE establishes an NPN PDU session through the NPN.
  • the NPN PDU session is referred to as an NPN PDU session.
  • the NPN PDU session identifier is NPN PDU ID1.
  • the UE When the UE needs to reselect from NPN to PLMN, it sends a reselection notification to NPN-AMF.
  • the UE informs NPN-AMF before the reselection that the UE will perform the inter-network cell reselection.
  • NPN-AMF performs the following process.
  • the NPN-AMF queries the location information of the UE.
  • the third time may be time 3.
  • the NPN-AMF sends a location reporting control (location reporting control) message to ask the NPN-RAN for the location information of the UE.
  • a location reporting control location reporting control
  • the location report control message carries the UE ID (for example, NGAP UE ID), UE IP address, and query reason (for example, asking whether the UE has completed reselection).
  • the NPN-AMF sends a location report control message to the N3IWF to inquire about the location information of the UE.
  • the location report control message carries the UE ID (for example, UE IP address or NGAP UE ID) and the reason for query (for example, asking whether the UE has completed reselection).
  • UE ID for example, UE IP address or NGAP UE ID
  • reason for query for example, asking whether the UE has completed reselection
  • the NPN-RAN reports the location information of the UE to the NPN-AMF and informs the NPN-AMF whether the UE has completed cross-network cell reselection.
  • the location information of the UE may include, for example, the following information: the network where the UE is located (for example, PLMN ID or NPN ID), the cell or tracking area information where the UE is located (for example, NPN CGI, NPN TAI, PLMN CGI, PLMN TAI), and UE The timestamp that appears in the corresponding position, etc.
  • the network where the UE is located for example, PLMN ID or NPN ID
  • the cell or tracking area information where the UE is located for example, NPN CGI, NPN TAI, PLMN CGI, PLMN TAI
  • UE The timestamp that appears in the corresponding position etc.
  • the N3IWF reports the location information of the UE to the NPN-AMF and informs the NPN-AMF whether the inter-network cell reselection has been completed.
  • NPN-AMF uses 1a to query the location information of the UE, NPN-AMF obtains the UE's location report through 2a. If NPN-AMF uses 1b to query the location information of the UE, NPN-AMF obtains the UE's location report through 2b.
  • the NPN-AMF manages the cross-network cell reselection of the UE according to the location information of the UE.
  • the following is divided into 3a, 3b, 3c, and 3d cases for description respectively.
  • the UE is still in the NPN, for example, the UE is located in the source cell of the NPN, or handed over to another cell of the NPN.
  • the NPN-AMF asks the NPN-RAN through the NG interface whether the UE needs to perform cross-network cell reselection.
  • NPN-RAN queries the UE through RRC messages.
  • the NPN-AMF can also directly ask the UE whether to perform inter-network cell reselection through the NAS information.
  • the UE feeds back to the NPN-RAN via an RRC message whether to reselect a cell across the network. Specifically, the UE can indicate via an indicator. For example, 0 means not to reselect, 1 means to reselect.
  • the UE feeds back time1 to the NPN-RAN.
  • the NPN-RAN forwards the information received from the UE in step 3a.3 to the NPN-AMF through the NG interface.
  • the UE may also directly feed back to the NPN-AMF through NAS information whether to reselect.
  • the NPN-AMF continues to wait for the UE to access the PLMN.
  • NPN-AMF performs 3a.5 and 3a.6.
  • NPN-AMF informs NPN-UPF to resume user plane data transmission of UE context and NPN PDU ID1, and informs the reason for resuming transmission (for example, no cross-network cell reselection) and whether to resume data transmission immediately.
  • the NPN-AMF informs the NPN-RAN to resume the user plane data transmission of the UE context and NPN PDU ID1, and informs the reason for the resumption of the transmission and whether to resume the data transmission immediately.
  • the NPN-AMF performs 3a.7.
  • NPN-AMF initiates to reconfigure PDU session resources for the UE.
  • PN-AMF informs NPN-RAN to reconfigure resources for the UE. Furthermore, NPN-RAN reconstructs DRB, SRB, etc.
  • NPN-AMF continues to wait.
  • NPN-AMF waits for the user plane data backhaul tunnel to establish an NPN PDU session for the UE.
  • the NPN-AMF notifies the NPN or other network elements of the PLMN to initiate paging.
  • NG-based or Xn-based intra-network handover is performed on the UE.
  • NPN-AMF continues to wait. For example, waiting for the user plane data backhaul tunnel to establish an NPN PDU session for the UE.
  • the NPN-AMF continues to wait for a while. After a period of time, NPN-AMF notifies network elements such as NPN-RAN and NPN-UPF to release the UE context.
  • the UE performs inter-network cell reselection between the NPN network and the PLMN. Before the UE reselects from the source network to the target network, after notifying the network side that it will perform the inter-network cell reselection, the network side has not noticed that the UE is accessing the target network. , The network side queries the location information of the UE, and then makes a decision according to the location of the UE to continue waiting for the UE to access the target network, or to restore the context of the UE's PDU session in the source network, and release the UE context.
  • FIG. 8 is another example of the UE performing inter-network cell reselection from the NPN to the PLMN.
  • the UE establishes a PLMN PDU session through NPN.
  • PLMN PDU session is referred to as PLMN PDU session below.
  • PLMN PDU ID1 the identifier of the PLMN PDU session.
  • the UE When the UE needs to reselect from the NPN to the PLMN, the UE informs the PLMN-AMF through the N1_PLMN NAS message that it will perform the inter-network cell reselection.
  • cell reselection is different from the traditional idle state UE performing cell reselection, but the UE in the connected state autonomously decides to perform the cross-network cell "handover", but it is not the cell “handover” controlled by the network side. It can also be other terms, such as self-switching across networks.
  • the N1_PLMN NAS message may be an example of the sixth message.
  • the NAS message can carry the first time information and the reason for reselection.
  • the first time information is used to inform the PLMN-AMF about how long it will trigger reselection.
  • the first time information is indicated by the cell time 1.
  • the NAS message can also carry the PLMN ID of the PLMN to be reselected by the UE, the reselected cell or tracking area information, such as TAC, PLMN NG-RAN Cell ID, UE ID, PLMN NG-RAN Node ID, etc. information.
  • the UE may also include information about the NPN-N3IWF to be connected after the UE reselects to the PLMN, such as the IP address of the NPN-N3IWF.
  • the UE informs the PLMN-AMF about how long it will trigger the handover, and the time is indicated by the cell time 1.
  • the PLMN-AMF sends a transmission suspension message to the PLMN-UPF. Used to instruct the PLMN-RAN to suspend the user plane data transmission related to the PDU session of the UE.
  • the transmission suspension message may be an example of the seventh message.
  • the suspend transmission message carries the PDU session identifier (here specifically PLMN PDU ID1) that needs to suspend the user plane data transmission, the reason for suspending the data transmission, and indication information about whether to suspend immediately.
  • PLMN PDU ID1 the PDU session identifier
  • the PLMN-UPF replies to the PLMN-AMF with a response message to suspend transmission of the message.
  • the response message of the suspended transmission message may be an example of the eighth message.
  • the response message carries the second time information.
  • the second time information is used to indicate that the PLMN-UPF will suspend the transmission of user plane data of the PLMN PDU session identified by the PLMN PDU ID1 after the second time.
  • the second time can be identified by the cell time2.
  • the response message may also carry indication information whether to immediately suspend data transmission.
  • the PLMN-UPF reserves the session corresponding to the UE's PLMN PDU ID1 for a period of time.
  • the PLMN-AMF sends a NAS message through the N1_PLMN interface to inform the UE that the user plane data of the PLMN PDU session will be suspended after Time 2.
  • PLMN-AMF can also inform the reason for the suspension of data transmission, for example, inter-network cell reselection.
  • the UE informs the NPN-RAN that the user plane data of the corresponding PLMN PDU session will be suspended after the second time through an RRC message. At the same time, the UE informs the NPN-RAN of the reason for suspending data transmission.
  • the UE may first notify the NPN-AMF of the above information through a NAS message, and the NPN-AMF will then notify the NPN-RAN of the above information through the NPN NG interface.
  • the NPN-RAN buffers the user plane data of the PLMN PDU session identified by the PLMN PDU ID1 that has not been sent until time1, and saves the UE context for a period of time.
  • the PLMN-AMF informs the PLMN-N3IWF that the user plane data of the PDU session of the UE under it will be suspended after the second time.
  • PLMN-AMF informs PLMN-N3IWF of the reason for the suspension of transmission.
  • PLMN-AMF and PLMN-N3IWF save the UE context for a period of time.
  • the UE reselects to the PLMN.
  • the UE sends a NAS message through the N1_PLMN interface under the PLMN to inform the PLMN-AMF to perform the user plane data return of the PLMN PDU session.
  • the PLMN-AMF After receiving the NAS message from the UE, the PLMN-AMF informs other network elements of the PLMN (for example, PLMN-UPF, PLMN-RAN) to establish data backhaul resources for the UE.
  • PLMN-UPF Packet Control Function
  • PLMN-RAN Packet Control Function
  • the UE sends a NAS message through the N1_NPN interface under the PLMN to inform the NPN-AMF to perform the user plane data return of the PLMN PDU session.
  • the NPN-AMF After receiving the NAS message from the UE, the NPN-AMF informs other network elements of the NPN (for example, NPN-UPF, NPN-N3IWF, NPN-RAN) to establish data backhaul resources for the UE.
  • the NPN-UPF for example, NPN-UPF, NPN-N3IWF, NPN-RAN
  • the NPN-AMF notifies the NPN-RAN to return the buffered user plane data of the PLMN PDU session identified by the PLMN PDU ID1 to the UE.
  • the user plane data of the PLMN PDU session of the UE that needs to be returned is identified by the PLMN PDU session ID (here specifically PLMN PDU ID1), DRB ID, QFI, and so on.
  • PLMN PDU session ID here specifically PLMN PDU ID1
  • DRB ID DRB ID
  • QFI QFI
  • the NPN-RAN returns the user plane data of the buffered PLMN PDU session to the UE.
  • the data returned by the NPN-RAN to the UE may refer to the dotted line below step 812 in FIG. 8.
  • the NPN-RAN sends the buffered user plane data of the UE's PLMN and PDU session back to the UE through the PLMN network element.
  • the UE does not reselect the PLMN.
  • the PLMN-AMF initiates the process of querying the location information of the UE, and then makes the process of continuing to wait for UE access, restoring the context of the PLMN PDU session of the UE, continuing the user plane data transmission of the PLMN PDU session, and releasing the UE context according to the location information of the UE. Wait for the decision. See Figure 9.
  • FIG. 9 is another example of the processing procedure of the network device in the case that the UE is not reselected to the second network.
  • the UE establishes a PLMN PDU session through the NPN.
  • PLMN PDU session identifier is PLMN PDU ID1.
  • the UE When the UE needs to reselect from NPN to PLMN, it sends a reselection notification to PLMN-AMF.
  • the PLMN-AMF queries the location information of the UE.
  • the UE informs the PLMN-AMF that it will perform the inter-network cell reselection before the inter-network cell reselection.
  • the PLMN-AMF has not directly or indirectly sensed that the UE accesses the PLMN.
  • the PLMN-AMF did not receive a request message from the UE for reestablishing the PLMN PDU session.
  • the request message may be a N1_PLMN NAS message.
  • PLMN-AMF queries the location information of the UE.
  • the PLMN-AMF can query the location information of the UE in multiple ways.
  • the PLMN-AMF queries the location information of the UE through the N3IWF.
  • PLMN-AMF sends location report control to N3IWF.
  • N3IWF queries whether the UE still needs to reselect.
  • the UE feeds back the location information of the UE to the N3IWF.
  • the UE feeds back the location information of the UE to the PLMN-RAN.
  • the PLMN-RAN forwards the location information of the UE to the N3IWF.
  • N3IWF sends a location report to PLMN-AMF.
  • the PLMN-AMF directly sends the location report control to the UE.
  • PLMN-AMF sends location report control to UE through N1_PLMN-NAS message.
  • the UE sends a location report to the PLMN-AMF through the N1_PLMN-NAS message.
  • the location report control message carries the UE ID (for example, NGAP UE ID or UE IP address) and the reason for query (for example, asking whether the UE has been reselected).
  • UE ID for example, NGAP UE ID or UE IP address
  • reason for query for example, asking whether the UE has been reselected
  • the PLMN-AMF may inform the UE of the PLMN-AMF information before triggering reselection in step 803 shown in Figure 8, for example, the PLMN NG-RAN Cell ID, PLMN NG-RAN Node ID, etc. after the UE reselection. Information, find PLMN-RAN.
  • the N3IWF may be the NPN-N3IWF connected before the UE triggers reselection in the NPN, or the N3IWF of the reselected PLMN, or the N3IWF shared by the source NPN and the target PLMN.
  • the PLMN-AMF manages the inter-network cell reselection of the UE according to the location information of the UE.
  • the following is divided into 5a, 5b, 5c, and 5d for description respectively.
  • the UE has reselected to the PLMN.
  • PLMN-AMF continues to wait.
  • PLMN-AMF continues to wait to establish a PLMN PDU session (identified by PLMN PDU ID1) for the UE to transmit the user plane data back tunnel.
  • the UE does not perform reselection.
  • the UE is also located in the source NPN, for example, located in the source cell or handed over to another cell of the source NPN.
  • PLMN-AMF can also directly ask the UE whether to reselect through NAS information.
  • the UE feeds back to the PLMN-AMF via the NAS message whether to reselect.
  • the PLMN-AMF asks the NPN-RAN through the NG interface whether the UE needs to perform inter-network cell reselection.
  • NPN-RAN asks the UE whether it needs to reselect.
  • the UE feeds back to the NPN-RAN through the RRC message whether to reselect.
  • the UE indicates whether it needs to reselect through an indicator. For example, 0 means no reselection, 1 means reselection.
  • the PLMN-AMF performs the subsequent steps of inter-network cell reselection according to the process shown in FIG. 8.
  • PLMN-AMF performs the following process.
  • the PLMN-AMF informs the NPN-UPF to resume the user plane data transmission of the UE context and PLMN PDU session (identified by PLMN PDU ID1), and informs the reason for resuming transmission and whether to resume transmission immediately.
  • the PLMN-AMF informs the N3IWF to resume the user plane data transmission of the UE context and the PLMN PDU session (identified by PLMN PDU ID1), and informs the reason for resuming transmission and whether to resume transmission immediately. Furthermore, the N3IWF notifies the NPN-RAN and other network elements to resume the user plane data transmission of the UE context and the PLMN PDU session (identified by the PLMN PDU ID1). Or the N3IWF first informs the UE to resume the user plane data transmission of the context and the PLMN PDU session (identified by PLMN PDU ID1) through the N1NAS message. The UE then informs the NPN-RAN and other network elements through an RRC message to resume the user plane data transmission of the UE context and the PLMN PDU session (identified by PLMN PDU ID1). As shown in Figure 9 2-1 and 2-2.
  • the PLMN-AMF initiates the process of reconfiguring PDU session resources for the UE.
  • PLMN-AMF informs N3IWF to reconfigure PLMN PDU session resources for the UE, and N3IWF then informs NPN-RAN to reconfigure resources for the UE and rebuild PLMN DRB, SRB, etc.
  • PLMN-AMF does not find the UE.
  • PLMN-AMF continues to execute the following process.
  • the PLMN-AMF sends a location report control message to the N3IWF, requesting to query the location information of the UE.
  • the N3IWF may be the N3IWF connected before the UE triggers the reselection in the NPN, or the N3IWF of the PLMN to be reselected by the UE (ie, PLMN-N3IWF), or the N3IWF shared by the NPN and the PLMN.
  • the report control message carries the UE ID (for example, the UE IP address or the NGAP UE ID) and the query reason (for example, to query whether the UE has completed reselection).
  • the UE ID for example, the UE IP address or the NGAP UE ID
  • the query reason for example, to query whether the UE has completed reselection
  • N3IWF sends a location report control message to NPN-AMF, requesting to inquire about the location information of the UE.
  • NPN-AMF initiates paging to UE in NPN.
  • NPN-AMF reports UE location information to N3IWF and informs N3IWF whether the UE has triggered inter-network cell reselection.
  • the N3IWF reports the location information of the UE to the PLMN-AMF and informs the PLMN-AMF whether the UE triggers inter-network cell reselection.
  • the PLMN-AMF does not find the UE.
  • PLMN-AMF executes 5c.6.
  • the PLMN-AMF notifies other network elements of the PLMN to initiate paging to the UE in the PLMN.
  • the UE is handed over in the network.
  • NPN-AMF continues to wait, for example, waiting to establish a PLMN PDU session user plane data backhaul tunnel for the UE.
  • the NPN-AMF continues to wait for a while. After a period of time, NPN-AMF notifies network elements such as NPN-RAN and NPN-UPF to release the UE context.
  • steps 5c.1-5c.6 are the network elements of the PLMN-AMF through the NPN, which initiates paging to the UE in the NPN. If the UE is not found, in 5c.6, initiates the paging to the UE in the PLMN. Paging.
  • This application does not limit the sequence of paging UEs in PLMN and NPN, and it is only used as an example here.
  • the PLMN-AMF can also initiate paging to the UE in the PLMN first, and if the UE is not found, then initiate paging to the UE in the NPN.
  • this application proposes that when the UE switches between NPN and PLMN when reselecting inter-network cells, the UE informs the network side that the UE will trigger the inter-network cell reselection in advance, so that the network side suspends the user plane data transmission of the UE. Reduce air interface packet loss caused by the UE during cross-network reselection.
  • the network side buffers the data that has not been sent before the UE triggers the reselection according to the UE reselection notification, and then transmits it back to the UE after the UE successfully reselects to the target network, the amount of data return can be reduced.
  • the network side will promptly resume the transmission of user plane data of the UE’s PDU session, or continue to wait for the UE to access the target network, etc., so as to provide the UE in the PLMN and
  • a network-side processing solution is provided.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1000 provided by this application.
  • the communication device 1000 includes a receiving unit 1100 and a sending unit 1200.
  • the receiving unit 1100 is configured to receive a first message, where the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to move from the first network to the second network, where the first network is a public network and the second network Is a non-public network, or the first network is a non-public network, and the second network is a public network;
  • the sending unit 1200 is configured to send a second message to the core network user plane network element of the first network, where the second message is used to instruct the core network user plane network element of the first network to suspend the terminal device Transmission of user plane data of the first network.
  • the receiving unit 1100 and the sending unit 1200 can also be integrated into one transceiver unit, which has both receiving and sending functions, which is not limited here.
  • the receiving unit 1100 is further configured to receive a third message from a user plane network element of the core network of the first network, where the third message carries second time information, and the first The second time information is used to indicate that the core network user plane network element of the first network will suspend the transmission of the user plane data of the first network of the terminal device after the second time.
  • the communication device 1000 further includes a processing unit 1300 configured to still retain the context of the first network of the terminal device after the first time or the second time.
  • the receiving unit 1100 receives the first message from the access network device of the first network
  • the sending unit 1200 is further configured to send the message to the first network
  • the access network device of the first network sends a fourth message
  • the fourth message carries the second time information
  • the fourth message is used to inform the access network device of the first network to control the core network of the first network
  • the plane network element suspends the transmission of user plane data of the first network of the terminal device after the second time.
  • the receiving unit 1100 receives the first message from the terminal device, and the sending unit 1200 is further configured to send a fourth message to the first access network device, so
  • the fourth message carries the following information: the second time information, the first time information, the reason, the immediate suspension indication information, and the proximity indication information.
  • the receiving unit 1100 is further configured to receive a NAS message from the terminal device, where the NAS message is used to indicate that the terminal device has accessed the second network; and, the sending unit 1200.
  • the fifth message is further configured to send a fifth message to the access network device of the first network, where the fifth message is used to instruct the first access network device to send the buffered first network of the terminal device User-plane data.
  • the processing unit 1300 is configured to determine whether the terminal device is connected to the second network after the third time has passed, and after determining that the terminal device is not connected to the second network In the case of the second network, query the location information of the terminal device, and perform cross-network mobility management on the terminal device according to the location information of the terminal device.
  • the processing unit 1300 is further configured to inquire whether the terminal device needs to move across the network when it is determined that the terminal device is located in the source cell or other cell of the first network, And according to the query result, perform at least one of the following operations:
  • the sending unit 1200 is further configured to notify the core network user plane network element of the first network and the access network of the first network The device resumes the transmission of the user plane data of the first network of the terminal device; or,
  • the processing unit 1300 is further configured to reconfigure PDU session resources for the terminal device.
  • the processing unit 1300 is further configured to continue to wait when it is determined that the terminal device has reconnected to the second network.
  • the sending unit 1200 is further configured to notify the network element of the second network to initiate a response to the second network. Paging of terminal equipment, and perform at least one of the following operations according to the paging result:
  • the processing unit 1300 is further configured to wait for the terminal device to access the second network; or,
  • the processing unit 1300 pages the terminal device in the first network, and if the terminal device is not paged in the first network, so After the processing unit 1300 waits for a period of time, release the context of the terminal device, and the sending unit 1200 is further configured to notify the access network device of the first network and the core network user plane network element of the first network to release the The context of the PDU session of the first network of the terminal device.
  • the sending unit 1200 is further configured to send a location report control message to the N3IWF, the access network device of the first network, or the access network device of the second network, where the location The report control message is used to query the location information of the terminal device;
  • the receiving unit 1100 is further configured to receive a location report from the N3IWF, the access network device of the first network, or the access network device of the second network, where the location report carries the location of the terminal device information.
  • the sending unit 1200 is further configured to send a recovery message to the user plane network element of the core network of the first network and the access network device of the first network, in the recovery message
  • a recovery message to the user plane network element of the core network of the first network and the access network device of the first network, in the recovery message
  • One or more of the following information is carried: the session identifier of the PDU session of the first network of the terminal device, the device identifier of the terminal device, the reason for resuming transmission, and the indication information whether to resume transmission immediately.
  • the communication device 1000 may be a core network control plane network element of the first network in the method embodiment.
  • the receiving unit 1100 may be a receiver
  • the sending unit 1200 may be a transmitter.
  • the receiver and transmitter can also be integrated into a transceiver.
  • the processing unit 1300 may be a processing device.
  • the communication device 1000 may be a chip or an integrated circuit installed in a core network control plane network element of the first network.
  • the receiving unit 1100 and the sending unit 1200 may be communication interfaces.
  • the receiving unit 1100 is an input interface or an input circuit
  • the sending unit 1200 is an output interface or an output circuit.
  • the processing unit 1300 may be a processing device.
  • the functions of the processing device can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the processing device may include a memory and a processor, where the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor reads and executes the computer program stored in the memory, so that the communication device 1000 executes the core network of the first network in each method embodiment. Operations and/or processing performed by control plane network elements.
  • the processing device may only include a processor, and the memory for storing the computer program is located outside the processing device.
  • the processor is connected to the memory through a circuit/wire to read and execute the computer program stored in the memory.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 2000 provided by this application.
  • the communication device 2000 includes a receiving unit 2100 and a sending unit 2200.
  • the receiving unit 2100 is configured to receive a first RRC message from a terminal device, where the first RRC message is used to instruct the terminal device to move from the first network to the second network, where the first network is public Network, the second network is a non-public network, or the first network is a non-public network, and the second network is a public network;
  • the sending unit 2200 is configured to send a first message to the core network control plane network element of the first network, where the first message is used to instruct the core network control plane network element of the first network that the terminal device will The first network moves to the second network.
  • the receiving unit 2100 and the sending unit 2200 can also be integrated into one transceiver unit, which has both receiving and sending functions, which is not limited here.
  • the receiving unit 2100 is further configured to receive a fourth message from a core network control plane network element of the first network, where the fourth message carries second time information, and the first The second time information is used to indicate that the core network user plane network element of the first network will suspend the transmission of the user plane data of the first network of the terminal device after the second time.
  • the sending unit 2200 is further configured to send a second RRC message to the terminal, where the second RRC message carries second time information, and the second time information is used to indicate the The user plane network element of the core network of the first network will suspend the transmission of the user plane data of the first network of the terminal device after the second time.
  • the communication device 2000 further includes a processing unit 2300, configured to still retain the context of the first network of the terminal device after the first time or the second time.
  • the receiving unit 2100 is further configured to receive a fifth message from the core network control plane network element of the first network, and the fifth message is used to indicate the connection of the first network.
  • the network access device sends the buffered user plane data of the first network of the terminal device.
  • the processing unit 2300 is configured to, according to the first time information received by the receiving unit 2100, instruct the sending unit 2200 not to send data to the terminal device after the first time. And, the processing unit 2300 is further configured to determine that after the receiving unit 2100 receives a notification from the core network control plane network element of the first network to resume the transmission of the user plane data of the first network of the terminal device Restore the context of the first network of the terminal device, and control the sending unit 2200 to send a third RRC message to the terminal device, where the third RRC message is used to inform the terminal device to restore the context of the first network, so
  • the third RRC message carries one or more of the following information: the session identifier of the PDU session of the first network of the terminal device, the device identifier of the terminal device, the reason for resuming transmission, and whether to resume transmission immediately Instructions.
  • the communication device 2000 may be a core network control plane network element of the first network in the method embodiment.
  • the receiving unit 2100 may be a receiver
  • the sending unit 2200 may be a transmitter.
  • the receiver and transmitter can also be integrated into a transceiver.
  • the processing unit 2300 may be a processing device.
  • the communication device 2000 may be a chip or an integrated circuit installed in an access network device of the first network.
  • the receiving unit 2100 and the sending unit 2200 may be communication interfaces.
  • the receiving unit 2100 is an input interface or an input circuit
  • the sending unit 2200 is an output interface or an output circuit.
  • the processing unit 2300 may be a processing device.
  • the functions of the processing device can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the processing device may include a memory and a processor, where the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor reads and executes the computer program stored in the memory, so that the communication device 2000 executes the access from the first network in each method embodiment. Operations and/or processing performed by the network equipment.
  • the processing device may only include a processor, and the memory for storing the computer program is located outside the processing device. The processor is connected to the memory through a circuit/wire to read and execute the computer program stored in the memory.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic block diagram of the communication device 3000 provided by this application.
  • the communication device 3000 includes a receiving unit 3100 and a sending unit 3200.
  • the receiving unit 3100 is configured to receive a second message from the core network control plane network element of the first network, where the second message is used to instruct the communication device 3000 to suspend the transmission of user plane data of the first network of the terminal device ;
  • the sending unit 3200 is configured to send a third message to the core network control plane network element of the first network, where the third message is used to instruct the communication device 3000 to suspend the first network user of the terminal device Transmission of surface data.
  • the receiving unit 3100 and the sending unit 3200 can also be integrated into a transceiving unit, which has both receiving and sending functions, which is not limited here.
  • the communication device 3000 may further include a processing unit 3300, configured to still retain the context of the first network of the terminal device after the first time or the second time.
  • the communication device 3000 may be a core network user plane network element of the first network in the method embodiment.
  • the receiving unit 3100 may be a receiver
  • the sending unit 3200 may be a transmitter.
  • the receiver and transmitter can also be integrated into a transceiver.
  • the processing unit 3300 may be a processing device.
  • the communication device 2000 may be a chip or an integrated circuit installed in an access network device of the first network.
  • the receiving unit 3100 and the sending unit 3200 may be communication interfaces.
  • the receiving unit 3100 is an input interface or an input circuit
  • the sending unit 3200 is an output interface or an output circuit.
  • the processing unit 3300 may be a processing device.
  • the functions of the processing device can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the processing device may include a memory and a processor, where the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor reads and executes the computer program stored in the memory, so that the communication device 3000 executes the access from the first network in each method embodiment. Operations and/or processing performed by the network equipment.
  • the processing device may only include a processor, and the memory for storing the computer program is located outside the processing device.
  • the processor is connected to the memory through a circuit/wire to read and execute the computer program stored in the memory.
  • the communication device 4000 includes a processing unit 4100 and a transceiver unit 4200.
  • the processing unit 4100 is configured to connect the communication device 4000 to the first network
  • the processing unit 4100 is further configured to determine that when the communication device 4000 needs to move across networks from the first network to the second network, control the transceiver unit 4200 to send the first network element to the core network control plane network element of the first network. Message or send a first RRC message to the access network device of the first network, where the first message or the first RRC message is used to instruct the communication device 4000 to move from the first network to the
  • the second network wherein the first network is a public network, and the second network is a non-public network. Alternatively, the first network is a non-public network, and the second network is a public network.
  • the transceiver unit 4200 may also be replaced by a receiving unit and/or a sending unit.
  • the transceiving unit 4200 when the transceiving unit 4200 performs the receiving step, it may be replaced by the receiving unit.
  • the transceiving unit 4200 may be replaced by a sending unit when performing the sending step.
  • the transceiver unit 4200 is further configured to receive a second RRC message from an access network device of the first network, where the second RRC message carries second time information, and the second RRC message
  • the time information is used to instruct the core network user plane network element of the first network to suspend the transmission of the user plane data of the first network of the communication device 4000 after the second time; or, the transceiver unit 4200 further It is used to receive a NAS message from a core network control plane network element of the first network, where the NAS message carries second time information.
  • the processing unit 4100 is further configured to still retain the context of the first network after the first time or the second time.
  • the transceiving unit 4200 is further configured to send a NAS message to the core network control plane network element of the first network, where the NAS message is used to indicate that the communication device 4000 has accessed the network.
  • the second network is so that the core network control plane network element of the first network notifies the access network device of the first network to send the buffered user plane data of the first network of the communication device 4000.
  • the transceiver unit 4200 is further configured to receive a third RRC message from the access network device of the first network, where the third RRC message carries one or more of the following information: PDU of the first network of the communication device The session identifier of the session, the device identifier of the communication device, the reason for resuming transmission, and the indication information whether to resume transmission immediately; and, the processing unit 4200 is further configured to restore the first network according to the third RRC message The context.
  • the processing unit 4100 and the transceiving unit 4200 are further configured to access the communication device to the second network through the first network , And when the processing unit 4100 determines that the communication device needs to move from the first network to the second network, the transceiving unit 4200 is further configured to send a first message to the core network control plane network element of the second network, so The first message is used to instruct the communication device 4000 to move from the first network to the second network, wherein the first network is a public network, the second network is a non-public network, or The first network is a non-public network, and the second network is a public network.
  • the transceiver unit 4200 is further configured to receive a NAS message from a core network control plane network element of the second network, the NAS message carrying second time information, and the second time information It is used to indicate that the core network user plane network element of the second network will suspend the transmission of the user plane data of the second network of the communication device 4000 after a second time.
  • the transceiver unit 4200 is further configured to send an RRC message to the access network device of the first network, where the RRC message carries the second time information.
  • the transceiver unit 4200 is further configured to send a NAS message to the core network control plane network element of the first network, where the NAS message is used to notify the communication device 4000 that sends the buffer User plane data of the second network.
  • the communication device 4000 may be a terminal device in the method embodiment.
  • the transceiver unit 4200 may be a transceiver.
  • the transceiver has the function of sending and/or receiving.
  • the processing unit 4200 is a processing device.
  • the communication device 4000 may be a chip or an integrated circuit installed in a terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit 4200 may be a communication interface.
  • the processing unit 4100 may be a processing device.
  • the functions of the processing device can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the processing device may include a memory and a processor, where the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor reads and executes the computer program stored in the memory, so that the communication device 3000 executes the operations performed by the terminal device in each method embodiment and /Or processing.
  • the processing device may only include a processor, and the memory for storing the computer program is located outside the processing device.
  • the processor is connected to the memory through a circuit/wire to read and execute the computer program stored in the memory.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 5000 provided by this application.
  • the communication device 5000 includes a receiving unit 5100 and a sending unit 5200.
  • the receiving unit 5100 is configured to receive a sixth message from a terminal device, where the terminal device is located in a first network, and the sixth message is used to instruct the terminal device to move from the first network to the second network, where ,
  • the first network is a public network
  • the second network is a non-public network, or the first network is a non-public network, and the second network is a public network;
  • the sending unit 5200 is configured to send a seventh message to the core network user plane network element of the second network, where the seventh message is used to instruct the core network user plane network element of the second network to suspend the operation of the terminal device Transmission of user plane data of the second network.
  • the receiving unit 5100 and the sending unit 5200 can also be integrated into a transceiver unit, which has both receiving and sending functions, which is not limited here.
  • the receiving unit 5100 is further configured to receive an eighth message from a user plane network element of the core network of the second network, where the eighth message carries second time information, and the second The time information is used to indicate that the core network user plane network element of the second network will suspend the transmission of the user plane data of the second network of the terminal device after the second time.
  • the communication device 5000 further includes a processing unit 5300, configured to retain the context of the second network of the terminal device after the first time or the second time.
  • the sending unit 5200 is further configured to send the second time information to the terminal device through a NAS message; or,
  • the sending unit 5200 is further configured to send the second time information to the non-third-generation partner project network interworking function N3IWF.
  • the processing unit 5300 is further configured to determine whether the terminal device is connected to the second network after a third time has elapsed, and after determining that the terminal device is not connected to the second network In the case of a network, query the location information of the terminal device; according to the location information of the terminal device, manage the cross-network movement of the terminal device.
  • the processing unit 5300 is further configured to inquire whether the terminal device still needs to move across networks when it is determined that the terminal device is located in the source cell or other cell of the first network , And perform at least one of the following operations based on the query results:
  • the processing unit 5300 continues to wait for the terminal device to access the second network; or,
  • the sending unit 5200 is further configured to notify the core network user plane network element of the second network and the access network device of the first network to restore the first network device of the terminal device. 2. Transmission of user plane data on the network.
  • the processing unit 5300 is further configured to continue to wait when it is determined that the terminal device has moved to the second network.
  • the processing unit 5300 is further configured to, if the terminal device is not queried, control the sending unit 5200 to notify the network element of the first network to be in the first network paging station The terminal device; when the processing unit 5300 determines that the terminal device is paged on the second network when the first network is not paged to the terminal device;
  • the processing unit 5300 is further configured to determine that when the second network has not yet paged the terminal device, after waiting for a period of time, control the sending unit 5200 to notify the access network device and all devices of the second network
  • the core network user plane network element of the second network releases the context of the protocol data unit PDU session of the second network of the terminal device.
  • the sending unit 5200 is further configured to send a location report control message to the N3IWF or the access network device of the second network, where the location report control message is used to query the terminal device Location information; and,
  • the receiving unit 5100 is further configured to receive a location report from the N3IWF or the access network device of the second network, where the location report carries the location information of the terminal device.
  • the sending unit 5200 is further configured to send a recovery message to the user plane network element of the core network of the second network and the access network device of the first network, in the recovery message
  • One or more of the following information is carried: the session identifier of the PDU session of the second network of the terminal device, the device identifier of the terminal device, the reason for resuming transmission, and the indication information whether to resume transmission immediately.
  • the communication device 5000 may be a core network control plane network element of the second network in the method embodiment.
  • the receiving unit 5100 may be a receiver
  • the sending unit 5200 may be a transmitter.
  • the receiver and transmitter can also be integrated into a transceiver.
  • the processing unit 5300 may be a processing device.
  • the communication device 5000 may be a chip or an integrated circuit installed in the access network device of the first network.
  • the receiving unit 5100 and the sending unit 5200 may be communication interfaces.
  • the receiving unit 5100 is an input interface or an input circuit
  • the sending unit 5200 is an output interface or an output circuit.
  • the processing unit 5300 may be a processing device.
  • the functions of the processing device can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the processing device may include a memory and a processor, where the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor reads and executes the computer program stored in the memory, so that the communication device 5000 executes the core network of the second network in each method embodiment. Operations and/or processing performed by control plane network elements.
  • the processing device may only include a processor, and the memory for storing the computer program is located outside the processing device. The processor is connected to the memory through a circuit/wire to read and execute the computer program stored in the memory.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic block diagram of the communication device 6000 provided by this application.
  • the communication device 6000 includes a receiving unit 6100 and a sending unit 6200.
  • the receiving unit 6100 is configured to receive a seventh message from the core network control plane network element of the second network, where the seventh message is used to instruct the core network user plane network element of the second network to suspend the second network of the terminal device Transmission of user plane data;
  • the sending unit 6200 is configured to return an eighth message to the core network control plane network element of the second network, where the eighth message is used to indicate that the core network user plane network element of the second network will suspend the terminal device Transmission of user plane data of the second network.
  • the receiving unit 6100 and the sending unit 6200 can also be integrated into a transceiving unit, which has both receiving and sending functions, which is not limited here.
  • the communication device 6000 may further include a processing unit 6300, which is further configured to retain the context of the second network of the terminal device after the first time or the second time.
  • the communication device 6000 may be a core network user plane network element of the second network in the method embodiment.
  • the receiving unit 6100 may be a receiver
  • the sending unit 6200 may be a transmitter.
  • the receiver and transmitter can also be integrated into a transceiver.
  • the processing unit 6300 may be a processing device.
  • the communication device 6000 may be a chip or an integrated circuit installed in a user plane network element of the core network of the second network.
  • the receiving unit 6100 and the sending unit 6200 may be communication interfaces.
  • the receiving unit 6100 is an input interface or an input circuit
  • the sending unit 6200 is an output interface or an output circuit.
  • the processing unit 6300 may be a processing device.
  • the functions of the processing device can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the processing device may include a memory and a processor, where the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor reads and executes the computer program stored in the memory, so that the communication device 6000 executes the core network of the second network in each method embodiment. Operations and/or processing performed by user plane network elements.
  • the processing device may only include a processor, and the memory for storing the computer program is located outside the processing device. The processor is connected to the memory through a circuit/wire to read and execute the computer program stored in the memory.
  • the communication device 10 includes: one or more processors 11, one or more memories 12, and one or more communication interfaces 13.
  • the processor 11 is used to control the communication interface 13 to send and receive signals
  • the memory 12 is used to store a computer program
  • the processor 11 is used to call and run the computer program from the memory 12 to execute the various data transmission method embodiments provided in this application. Processes and/or operations performed by the core network control plane network element of the first network.
  • the processor 11 may have the functions of the processing unit 1300 shown in FIG. 10
  • the communication interface 13 may have the functions of the receiving unit 1100 and the sending unit 1200 shown in FIG.
  • the description in FIG. 10 please refer to the description in FIG. 10, which will not be repeated here.
  • the processor 11 may be a baseband device installed in the communication device 10, and the communication interface 13 may be a radio frequency device.
  • the communication device 20 includes: one or more processors 21, one or more memories 22, and one or more communication interfaces 23.
  • the processor 21 is used to control the communication interface 23 to send and receive signals
  • the memory 22 is used to store a computer program
  • the processor 21 is used to call and run the computer program from the memory 22 to execute the various data transmission method embodiments provided in this application. Processes and/or operations performed by the access network device of the first network.
  • the processor 21 may have the functions of the processing unit 2300 shown in FIG. 11, and the communication interface 23 may have the functions of the receiving unit 2100 and the sending unit 2200 shown in FIG.
  • the processor 21 may have the functions of the processing unit 2300 shown in FIG. 11
  • the communication interface 23 may have the functions of the receiving unit 2100 and the sending unit 2200 shown in FIG.
  • the processor 21 may be a baseband device installed in the communication device 20, and the communication interface 13 may be a radio frequency device.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of the communication device 30 provided in the present application.
  • the communication device 30 includes: one or more processors 31, one or more memories 32, and one or more communication interfaces 33.
  • the processor 31 is used to control the communication interface 33 to send and receive signals
  • the memory 32 is used to store a computer program
  • the processor 31 is used to call and run the computer program from the memory 32 to execute the various data transmission method embodiments provided in this application. Processes and/or operations performed by the user plane network element of the core network of the first network.
  • the processor 31 may have the functions of the processing unit 3300 shown in FIG. 12, and the communication interface 33 may have the functions of the receiving unit 3100 and the sending unit 3200 shown in FIG.
  • the processor 31 may have the functions of the processing unit 3300 shown in FIG. 12
  • the communication interface 33 may have the functions of the receiving unit 3100 and the sending unit 3200 shown in FIG.
  • the processor 31 may be a baseband device installed in the communication device 30, and the communication interface 33 may be a radio frequency device.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 40 provided in the present application.
  • the communication device 40 includes: one or more processors 41, one or more memories 42, and one or more communication interfaces 43.
  • the processor 41 is used to control the communication interface 43 to send and receive signals
  • the memory 42 is used to store a computer program
  • the processor 41 is used to call and run the computer program from the memory 42 to execute the various data transmission method embodiments provided in this application. The process and/or operation performed by the terminal device.
  • the processor 41 may have the function of the processing unit 4100 shown in FIG. 13, and the communication interface 43 may have the function of the transceiving unit 4200 shown in FIG. 13.
  • the processor 41 may have the function of the processing unit 4100 shown in FIG. 13
  • the communication interface 43 may have the function of the transceiving unit 4200 shown in FIG. 13.
  • the communication device processor 40 when the communication device processor 40 is a terminal device, 41 may be a baseband device installed in the communication device 40, and the communication interface 43 may be a radio frequency device.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 50 provided in the present application.
  • the communication device 50 includes: one or more processors 51, one or more memories 52, and one or more communication interfaces 53.
  • the processor 51 is used to control the communication interface 53 to send and receive signals
  • the memory 52 is used to store a computer program
  • the processor 51 is used to call and run the computer program from the memory 52 to execute the various data transmission method embodiments provided in this application. Processes and/or operations performed by the core network control plane network element of the second network.
  • the communication interface 53 may have the functions of the receiving unit 5100 and the transmitting unit 5200 shown in FIG. 14.
  • the processor 51 may have the function of the processing unit 5300 shown in FIG. 14. For details, refer to the description in FIG. 14, which will not be repeated here.
  • the processor 51 may be a baseband device installed in the communication device 50, and the communication interface 53 may be a radio frequency device.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 60 provided in the present application.
  • the communication device 60 includes: one or more processors 61, one or more memories 62, and one or more communication interfaces 63.
  • the processor 61 is used to control the communication interface 63 to send and receive signals
  • the memory 62 is used to store a computer program
  • the processor 61 is used to call and run the computer program from the memory 62 to execute the various data transmission method embodiments provided in this application. Processes and/or operations performed by the user plane network element of the core network of the second network.
  • the communication interface 63 may have the functions of the receiving unit 6100 and the transmitting unit 6200 shown in FIG. 15.
  • the processor 61 may have the functions of the processing unit 6300 shown in FIG. 15. For details, refer to the description in FIG. 15 and will not be repeated here.
  • the processor 61 may be a baseband device installed in the communication device 60, and the communication interface 63 may be a radio frequency device.
  • the memory and the memory in the foregoing device embodiments may be physically independent units, or the memory may be integrated with the processor.
  • this application also provides a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer-readable storage medium stores computer instructions.
  • the computer instructions run on the computer, the computer executes the data transmission method provided by this application.
  • This application also provides a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer-readable storage medium stores computer instructions.
  • the computer instructions run on the computer, the computer executes the data transmission method provided in this application by the first network. The operations and/or processes performed by the connected devices.
  • This application also provides a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer-readable storage medium stores computer instructions.
  • the computer instructions run on the computer, the computer executes the data transmission method provided in this application by the core of the first network. Operations and/or procedures performed by network elements on the user plane.
  • This application also provides a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer-readable storage medium stores computer instructions.
  • the computer instructions run on the computer, the computer executes the core network of the second network in the data transmission method provided by this application. Operations and/or procedures performed by control plane network elements.
  • This application also provides a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer-readable storage medium stores computer instructions.
  • the computer instructions run on the computer, the computer executes the core network of the second network in the data transmission method provided by this application. Operations and/or procedures performed by user plane network elements.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer-readable storage medium stores computer instructions.
  • the computer instructions run on the computer, the computer executes the operations and operations performed by the terminal device in the data transmission method provided in this application. /Or process.
  • the computer program product includes computer program code.
  • the computer program code runs on a computer, the computer executes the data transmission method provided in this application by the core network control plane network of the first network. Operations and/or processes performed by the meta.
  • This application also provides a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes computer program code.
  • the computer program code runs on a computer, the computer can execute the data transmission method provided in this application by the access network device of the first network. Operations and/or processes.
  • This application also provides a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes computer program code.
  • the computer program code runs on a computer, the computer executes the data transmission method provided in this application by the core network user plane network of the first network. Operations and/or processes performed by the meta.
  • This application also provides a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes computer program code.
  • the computer program code runs on a computer, the computer executes the data transmission method provided in this application by the core network control plane network of the second network. Operations and/or processes performed by the meta.
  • This application also provides a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes computer program code.
  • the computer program code runs on a computer, the computer executes the data transmission method provided in this application by the core network user plane network of the second network. Operations and/or processes performed by the meta.
  • This application also provides a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes computer program code.
  • the computer program code runs on a computer, the computer executes the operations and/or processes performed by the terminal device in the data transmission method provided in this application. .
  • the present application also provides a chip including a processor.
  • the memory for storing the computer program is provided independently of the chip, and the processor is used to execute the computer program stored in the memory to execute the operation and/or processing performed by the core network control plane network element of the first network in any method embodiment .
  • the chip may also include a communication interface.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, an input/output circuit, etc.
  • the chip may also include the memory.
  • the present application also provides a chip including a processor.
  • the memory for storing the computer program is provided independently of the chip, and the processor is used to execute the computer program stored in the memory to perform the operation and/or processing performed by the access network device of the first network in any method embodiment.
  • the chip may also include a communication interface.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, an input/output circuit, etc.
  • the chip may also include the memory.
  • the present application also provides a chip including a processor.
  • the memory for storing the computer program is provided independently of the chip, and the processor is used to execute the computer program stored in the memory to execute the operation and/or processing performed by the user plane network element of the core network of the first network in any method embodiment .
  • the chip may also include a communication interface.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, an input/output circuit, etc.
  • the chip may also include the memory.
  • the present application also provides a chip including a processor.
  • the memory for storing the computer program is set independently of the chip, and the processor is used to execute the computer program stored in the memory to execute the operation and/or processing performed by the core network control plane network element of the second network in any method embodiment .
  • the chip may also include a communication interface.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, an input/output circuit, etc.
  • the chip may also include the memory.
  • the present application also provides a chip including a processor.
  • the memory for storing the computer program is provided independently of the chip, and the processor is used to execute the computer program stored in the memory to execute the operation and/or processing performed by the user plane network element of the core network of the second network in any method embodiment .
  • the chip may also include a communication interface.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, an input/output circuit, etc.
  • the chip may also include the memory.
  • the present application also provides a chip including a processor.
  • the memory used to store the computer program is provided independently of the chip, and the processor is used to execute the computer program stored in the memory to execute the operation and/or processing performed by the terminal device in any method embodiment.
  • the chip may also include a communication interface.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, an input/output circuit, etc.
  • the chip may also include the memory.
  • this application also provides a wireless communication system, including the core network control plane network element of the first network, the core network user plane network element of the first network, the access network equipment of the first network in the embodiments of this application, Part or all of the core network control plane network element of the second network, the core network user plane network element of the second network, and the terminal device.
  • the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip, which has the ability to process signals.
  • the steps of the foregoing method embodiments can be completed by hardware integrated logic circuits in the processor or instructions in the form of software.
  • the processor can be a general-purpose processor, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic Devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware encoding processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the encoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electrically available Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • static RAM static random access memory
  • dynamic RAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • synchronous dynamic random access memory synchronous DRAM, SDRAM
  • double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM
  • synchronous connection dynamic random access memory synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM)
  • direct rambus RAM DRRAM
  • unit used in this specification are used to denote computer-related entities, hardware, firmware, a combination of hardware and software, software, or software in execution.
  • the component may be, but is not limited to, a process, a processor, an object, an executable file, an execution thread, a program, and/or a computer running on a processor.
  • the application running on the computing device and the computing device can be components.
  • One or more components may reside in a process and/or thread of execution.
  • the components can be located on one computer and/or distributed between two or more computers.
  • these components can be executed from various computer readable media having various data structures stored thereon.
  • a component can be based on data that has one or more data packets (for example, data from two components that interact with another component between a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, for example, the Internet that interacts with other systems through signals) Signals are communicated through local and/or remote processes.
  • data packets for example, data from two components that interact with another component between a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, for example, the Internet that interacts with other systems through signals
  • the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components can be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • each unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of this application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the method described in each embodiment of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, ROM, RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请提供一种传输数据的方法，应用于终端设备在公共网络和非公共网络之间进行跨网移动的场景。终端设备需要跨网移动时，向终端设备所接入的网络的网元发送消息，以通知终端设备将要从源网络跨网移动到目标网络。从而在终端设备进行移动的期间，网络侧暂停终端设备的用户面数据的传输，并将终端设备跨网移动之前还未发出的数据进行缓存。在终端设备接入目标网络之后，再将缓存的数据发送给终端设备。一方面有助于降低终端设备在跨网移动期间的丢包率。另一方面，可以避免将还未发出的数据全部被发送到终端设备移动之前所接入的RAN，而在终端设备接入目标网络之后，又向终端设备回传该数据，可以减少数据回传量。

Description

传输数据的方法、通信装置和通信系统
本申请要求于2019年07月31日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为201910704291.5、申请名称为“传输数据的方法、通信装置和通信系统”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及无线通信技术，尤其涉及一种传输数据的方法、装置和通信系统。
背景技术
在第三代合作伙伴计划(the third generation partnership project,3GPP)的第五代(the fifth generation，5G)通信标准中讨论了非公共网络(non-public networks,NPN)。NPN也称为私网，它区别于传统的蜂窝网络。NPN允许某些具有特定权限的用户设备(user equipment,UE)接入。NPN又分为独立组网和非独立组网的组网方式。在独立组网中，NPN和公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)拥有独立的无线接入网络(radio access network,RAN)和核心网。独立组网的NPN被视为非3GPP网络。NPN和PLMN的核心网之间通过非3GPP网间互通功能(non-3gpp interworking function，N3IWF)网元相连，通过N3IWF网元可进行用户面、控制面的互通。
由于UE的移动性，在很多场景下，例如，跨网小区重选、小区切换等，UE都可能从一个网络移动到另一个网络中。例如，UE从私网移动到公共网络，或者从公共网络移动到私网。而在目前的NPN独立组网架构中，UE是否从一个网络移动到另一个网络以及何时移动都是由UE自身决定并触发的。在UE发生移动之前，如果UE在源网络或者目标网络建立了协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU)会话，并正在进行PDU会话的用户面数据传输，在UE执行跨网移动的期间，源网络或目标网络会继续通过空口向UE传输PDU会话的用户面数据，将导致较高的丢包率。
发明内容
本申请提供一种传输数据的方法和装置，以期减少丢包率和数据回传量。
第一方面，本申请提供一种传输数据的方法，该方法包括：终端设备接入第一网络；当终端设备需要从所述第一网移动到第二网络时，终端设备向第一网络的核心网控制面网元发送第一消息或向第一网络的接入网设备发送第一RRC消息，第一消息或所述第一RRC消息用于指示终端设备将从第一网络移动到第二网络。其中，所述第一网络为公共网络、所述第二网络为非公共网络，或者所述第一网络为非公共网络、所述第二网络为公共网络。
在本申请的技术方案中，UE接入第一网络之后，在需要从第一网络向第二网络进行跨网移动时，直接向第一网络的核心网控制面网元或通过第一网络的接入网设备间接通知 第一网络的核心网控制面网元通知UE将要触发跨网移动，从而第一网络的核心网控制面网元通知第一网络的核心网用户面网元UE将发生跨网移动，以便于第一网络的核心网用户面网元暂停所述UE的第一网络的PDU会话的用户面数据的传输，由此可以避免在UE进行跨网移动的期间，第一网络的核心网用户面网元继续发送所述UE的第一网络的PDU会话的用户面数据而导致UE移动期间的空口丢包和UE移动完成后网络的数据回传，因此可以降低UE跨网移动期间的空口丢包率和UE移动完成后网络的数据回传量。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，第一消息或所述第一RRC消息还携带如下信息的一项或多项：第一时间信息、原因、立即暂停指示信息或临近指示信息，其中，第一时间用于指示终端设备在第一时间之后将触发跨网移动，所述原因用于指示跨网移动，所述立即暂停指示信息用于指示是否立即暂停终端设备的第一网络的用户面数据的传输，所述临近指示信息用于指示终端设备正在进入或者离开非公共网络的一个或多个小区的邻近区域，或者所述临近指示信息用于指示终端设备正在进入或离开非公共网络的一个或多个小区。
另外，所述临近指示信息可携带如下信息的一项或多项：终端设备正在进入非公共网络的一个或多个小区的邻近区域的指示信息、终端设备正在离开非公共网络的一个或多个小区的邻近区域的指示信息、终端设备正在进入非公共网络的一个或多个小区的指示信息、终端设备正在离开非公共网络的一个或多个小区的标识信息、所述一个或多个小区的标识信息。例如，用字符串entering和leaving分别指示进入和离开，用小区的绝对无线频道编号(Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number-ARFCN)标识小区、或者用小区ID标识小区。
UE在跨网移动之前，不仅需要通知第一网络的核心网控制面网元UE将触发跨网移动，还需要通知第一网络的核心网控制面网元和跨网移动相关的信息。例如，UE经过多久之后触发跨网移动(即，第一时间信息)、移动的原因、是否需要立即停止UE的第一网络的用户面数据的传输以及UE正在离开或者正在进入的网络以及小区的信息等。这样，第一网络的核心网用户面网元和接入网设备可以根据第一时间信息等确定何时停止UE的第一网络的用户面数据的传输，以降低UE在跨网移动期间的空口丢包率。
另外，在下行传输中，UE的第一网络的用户面数据是从第一网络的核心网用户面网元经过第一网络的接入网设备转发给UE的。因此，第一网络的核心网用户面网元根据第一时间信息及时停止UE的第一网络的用户面数据的传输，可以避免第一网络的接入网设备到第一时间为止还有大量数据未转发给UE，并在UE接入第二网络之后，又需要向UE进行回传而导致的较大的数据回传量。换句话说，第一网络的核心网用户面网元在UE进行跨网移动之前，停止UE的第一网络的用户面数据的传输，可以降低UE在跨网移动完成后网络的数据回传量。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，终端设备向第一网络的核心网控制面网元发送第一消息或向第一网络的接入网设备发送第一RRC消息之后，所述方法还包括：终端设备从第一网络的接入网设备接收第二RRC消息，所述第二RRC消息携带第二时间信息，第二时间用于指示第一网络的核心网用户面网元在第二时间之后暂停终端设备的第一网络的用户面数据的传输；或者，终端设备通过NAS消息从第一网络的AMF接收第二时间；以及，终端设备在所述第一时间或所述第二时间之后仍然保留第一网络的上下文。
网络侧获知终端设备在第一时间之后触发跨网移动之后，向终端设备通知第一网络的核心网用户面网元在第二时间之后将暂停终端设备的第一网络的用户面数据的传输。终端设备在第一时间或第二时间之后仍然保留第一网络的上下文，可以避免UE过早释放UE的第一网络的上下文。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，终端设备移动到第二网络并接入第二网络之后，该方法还包括：终端设备向第一网络的核心网控制面网元发送NAS消息，所述NAS消息用于指示终端设备已经移动到第二网络，以便于第一网络的核心网控制面网元通知第一网络的接入网设备发送缓存的终端设备的第一网络的用户面数据；终端设备从第一网络的接入网设备接收第三RRC消息，第三RRC消息中携带如下信息的一项或多项：终端设备的第一网络的PDU会话的会话标识、所述终端设备的设备标识、恢复传输的原因以及是否立即恢复传输的指示信息；以及，终端设备根据所述第三RRC消息，恢复第一网络的上下文。
终端设备接入第二网络之后，通过向第一网络的核心网控制面网元发送NAS消息，以使网络侧及时获知UE已经接入第二网络的状态，从而及时恢复UE的第一网络的上下文。
第二方面，提供了一种传输数据的方法，该方法包括：第一网络的核心网控制面网元接收第一消息，第一消息用于指示终端设备将从第一网络移动到第二网络，其中，第一网络为公共网络、第二网络为非公共网络。或者，第一网络为非公共网络、第二网络为公共网络。第一网络的核心网控制面网元向第一网络的核心网用户面网元发送第二消息，第二消息用于指示第一网络的核心网用户面网元暂停终端设备的第一网络的用户面数据的传输。
在本申请的技术方案中，第一网络的核心网控制面网元通知第一网络的核心网用户面网元UE将发生跨网移动，以便于第一网络的核心网用户面网元暂停所述UE的第一网络的PDU会话的用户面数据的传输，由此可以避免在UE进行跨网移动的期间，第一网络的核心网用户面网元继续向UE发送所述UE的第一网络的PDU会话的用户面数据而导致的空口丢包，因此可以降低UE跨网移动期间的空口丢包率。
本申请中，不限定UE从第一网络向第二网络进行跨网移动的场景。例如，UE可以是在跨网小区重选过程中发生的移动，或者，UE是在跨网小区切换过程中发生移动等。
因此，可替换地，本申请中，UE从第一网络移动到第二网络，也可以替代描述为：UE从第一网络重选到第二网络、UE从第一网络切换到第二网络、UE从第一网络接入到第二网络等。
应当理解，本申请中UE或者RAN通知核心网控制面网元暂停UE相应用户面数据的传输，核心网控制面网元再通知核心网用户面网元暂停UE相应用户面数据的传输。也可以由UE或者RAN直接通知核心网用户面网元暂停UE相应用户面数据传输。例如，UE或RAN通过在发送的用户面数据包中增加暂停指示信息等。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，第一消息或第二消息还携带如下信息的一项或多项：第一时间信息、原因、立即暂停指示信息或临近指示信息，其中，第一时间用于指示终端设备在第一时间之后触发跨网移动，所述原因用于指示跨网移动，所述立即暂停指示信息用于指示是否立即暂停终端设备的第一网络的用户面数据的传输，所述临 近指示信息用于指示终端设备正在进入或者离开非公共网络的一个或多个小区的邻近区域，或者所述临近指示信息用于指示终端设备正在进入或离开非公共网络的一个或多个小区。
另外，所述临近指示信息可携带如下信息的一项或多项：终端设备正在进入非公共网络的一个或多个小区的邻近区域的指示信息、终端设备正在离开非公共网络的一个或多个小区的邻近区域的指示信息、终端设备正在进入非公共网络的一个或多个小区的指示信息、终端设备正在离开非公共网络的一个或多个小区的标识信息、所述一个或多个小区的标识信息。例如，用字符串entering和leaving分别指示进入和离开，用小区的绝对无线频道编号ARFCN标识小区、或者用小区ID标识小区。
UE在跨网移动之前，不仅需要通知第一网络的核心网控制面网元UE将触发跨网移动，还需要通知第一网络的核心网控制面网元和跨网移动相关的信息。例如，UE经过多久之后触发跨网移动(即，第一时间信息)、移动的原因、是否需要立即停止UE的第一网络的用户面数据的传输以及UE正在离开或者正在进入的网络以及小区的信息等。这样，第一网络的核心网用户面网元和接入网设备可以根据第一时间信息等确定何时停止UE的第一网络的用户面数据的传输，以降低UE在跨网移动期间的空口丢包率。
另外，由在下行传输中，UE的第一网络的用户面数据是从第一网络的核心网用户面网元经过第一网络的接入网设备转发给UE的。因此，第一网络的核心网用户面网元根据第一时间信息及时停止UE的第一网络的用户面数据的传输，可以避免第一网络的接入网设备到第一时间为止还有大量数据未转发给UE，并在UE接入第二网络之后，又需要向UE进行回传而导致的较大的数据回传量。换句话说，第一网络的核心网用户面网元在UE进行跨网移动之前，停止UE的第一网络的用户面数据的传输，可以降低UE在跨网移动完成后网络的数据回传量。
应理解，作为一个示例，在下行数据传输中，“回传”是指数据从第一网络的核心网用户面网元转发到第一网络的接入网设备，在还未转发给UE的情况下，当UE从第一网络移动到第二网络并接入第二网络之后，第一网络的接入网设备又将这些未发出的数据经过第二网络的网元继续发送给UE的过程。作为另一个示例，上行数据传输过程中，“回传”是指数据从UE发送到第一网络的接入网设备，在还未转发给第一网络的核心网用户面网元的情况下，当UE从第一网络移动到第二网络并接入第二网络之后，第一网络的接入网设备又将这些未发出的数据经过第二网络的网元继续发送给第一网络的核心网用户面网元的过程，不再赘述。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，所述方法还包括：第一网络的核心网控制面网元从第一网络的核心网用户面网元接收第三消息，第三消息中携带第二时间信息，第二时间用于指示第一网络的核心网用户面网元将在第二时间之后暂停终端设备的第一网络的用户面数据的传输。第一网络的核心网控制面网元根据获取到的第一时间信息、第二时间信息，在第一时间或第二时间之后仍然保留终端设备的第一网络的上下文。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，第一网络的核心网控制面网元是从第一网络的接入网设备接收第一消息的，第一网络的核心网控制面网元从第一网络的核心网用户面网元接收第三消息之后，所述方法还包括：第一网络的核心网设备向第一网络的接入网设备发送第四消息，第四消息携带第二时间，第四消息用于告知第一网络的接入网设 备第一网络的核心网控制面网元在第二时间之后暂停终端设备的第一网络的用户面数据的传输。
第一网络的核心网用户面网元在获知UE在第一时间之后触发跨网移动之后，可以生成一个第二时间，用于表示第一网络的核心网用户面网元在第二时间之后将停止UE的第一网络的用户面数据的传输。第一网络的核心网用户面网元将第二时间信息通知第一网络的核心网控制面网元，进而由第一网络的核心网控制面网元通知第一网络的接入网设备。
可选地，第一时间和第二时间可以没有严格的先后关系。例如，第二时间可以位于第一时间之前，也即在UE触发跨网移动之前，第一网络的核心网用户面网元就停止UE的第一网络的用户面数据的传输。或者，第二时间也可以和第一时间重合，也即第一网络的核心网用户面网元在UE开始跨网移动的同时，停止UE的第一网络的用户面数据的传输。或者，第二时间也可以位于第一时间之后，也即，在UE开始跨网移动之后一段时间，第一网络的核心网用户面网元才停止UE的第一网络的用户面数据的传输。
可以理解的是，无论采用上述哪种方式，相对于网络侧完全不知道UE触发跨网移动而继续发送数据而言，都可以降低空口丢包率，并降低数据回传量。优选地，第二时间位于第一时间之前，或者第二时间和第一时间相等。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，第一网络的核心网控制面网元接收到的第一消息是来自终端设备的非接入层NAS消息，第一网络的核心网控制面网元从第一网络的核心网用户面网元接收第三消息之后，所述方法还包括：第一网络的核心网控制面网元向所述第一接入网设备发送第四消息，第四消息携带如下信息：第二时间、第一时间、所述原因、所述立即暂停指示信息和所述临近指示信息。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，第一网络的核心网控制面网元向第一网络的接入网设备发送第四消息之后，所述方法还包括：第一网络的核心网控制面网元接收来自终端设备的NAS消息，所述NAS消息用于指示终端设备已经移动到第二网络；第一网络的核心网控制面网元向第一网络的接入网设备发送第五消息，第五消息用于指示所述第一接入网设备发送缓存的终端设备的第一网络的用户面数据。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，第五消息还携带如下信息的一项或多项：终端设备的设备标识、终端设备的第一网络的PDU会话的会话标识、服务质量流标识QFI和数据无线承载标识DRB ID。
可选地，第五消息中携带UE的第一网络的PDU会话的会话标识、QFI或DRB ID等，可以使得第一网络的接入网设备获知需要停止发送的PDU会话的用户面数据，可以在UE进行跨网移动的期间，准确控制PDU会话的用户面数据的停止。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，第一网络的核心网控制面网元接收来自终端设备的第一消息之后，所述方法还包括：经过第三时间之后，若终端设备未接入到第二网络，第一网络的核心网控制面网元查询终端设备的位置信息；第一网络的核心网控制面网元根据终端设备的位置信息，对终端设备进行跨网移动的管理。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，第一网络的核心网控制面网元根据终端设备的位置信息，对终端设备进行跨网移动的管理，包括：如果终端设备位于第一网络的源小区或其它小区，第一网络的核心网控制面网元询问终端设备是否还要进行跨网移动，并根据询问结果，执行如下至少一种操作：若确定终端设备还要进行跨网移动，所述 AMF继续等待终端设备接入第二网络；或者，若确定终端设备取消跨网移动，且终端设备当前位于源小区，第一网络的核心网控制面网元通知第一网络的核心网用户面网元和第一网络的接入网设备恢复终端设备的第一网络的用户面数据的传输；或者，若确定终端设备取消跨网移动，且终端设备当前位于第一网络的其它小区，第一网络的核心网控制面网元为终端设备重新配置PDU会话资源。
可选地，这里的第一网络的接入网设备还可以为第二网络的接入网设备，或者第一网络和第二网络共用的接入网设备。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，第一网络的核心网控制面网元根据终端设备的位置信息，对终端设备进行跨网移动的管理，包括：如果确定终端设备已经接入到第二网络，第一网络的核心网控制面网元继续等待。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，第一网络的核心网控制面网元根据终端设备的位置信息，对终端设备进行跨网移动的管理，包括：如果未查询到终端设备，第一网络的核心网控制面网元通知第二网络的网元在第二网络发起对终端设备的寻呼，并根据寻呼结果执行如下至少一种操作：
若寻呼到终端设备已经移动到第二网络，第一网络的核心网控制面网元继续等待终端设备接入第二网络；或者，
若在第二网络未寻呼到终端设备，第一网络的核心网控制面网元在第一网络寻呼终端设备，如果在第一网络仍未寻呼到终端设备，第一网络的核心网控制面网元等待一段时间之后，释放终端设备的上下文，并通知第一网络的接入网设备和第一网络的核心网用户面网元释放终端设备的第一网络的上下文。
UE在通知第一网络的核心网控制面网元UE将触发跨网移动之后，如果并未移动到第二网络或者未接入第二网络，第一网络的核心网控制面网元查询UE的位置，并根据UE的位置的不同情况，分别作出相应的处理，可以对UE进行跨网移动的流程起到优化作用。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，第一网络的核心网控制面网元查询终端设备的位置信息，包括：第一网络的核心网控制面网元向N3IWF、第一网络的接入网设备或第二网络的接入网设备发送位置上报控制消息，所述位置上报控制消息用于询问终端设备的位置信息；所述方法还包括：第一网络的核心网控制面网元从所述N3IWF、第一网络的接入网设备或第二网络的接入网设备接收位置报告，所述位置报告携带终端设备的位置信息。
第一网络的核心网控制面网元可以有多种途径查询UE的位置信息，提高了查询UE的位置信息的灵活性。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，第一网络的核心网控制面网元通知第一网络的核心网用户面网元和第一网络的接入网设备恢复终端设备的第一网络的用户面数据的传输，包括：第一网络的核心网控制面网元向第一网络的核心网用户面网元和第一网络的接入网设备发送恢复消息，所述恢复消息中携带如下信息的一项或多项：终端设备的第一网络的PDU会话的会话标识、所述终端设备的设备标识、恢复传输的原因以及是否立即恢复传输的指示信息。
第三方面，提供了一种传输数据的方法，该方法包括：第一网络的接入网设备从终端 设备接收第一RRC消息，所述第一RRC消息用于指示终端设备将从第一网络移动到第二网络。第一网络的接入网设备向第一网络的核心网控制面网元发送第一消息，第一消息用于指示第一网络的核心网控制面网元终端设备将从第一网络移动到第二网络。其中，所述第一网络为公共网络、所述第二网络为非公共网络，或者所述第一网络为非公共网络、所述第二网络为公共网络。
在本申请的技术方案中，UE在需要从第一网络向第二网络进行跨网移动时，向第一网络的接入网设备通知UE将要跨网移动。第一网络的接入网设备进一步通知第一网络的核心网控制面网元，再由第一网络的核心网控制面网元通知第一网络的核心网用户面网元，以便于第一网络的核心网用户面网元暂停所述UE的第一网络的PDU会话的用户面数据的传输，由此可以避免在UE进行跨网移动的期间，第一网络的核心网用户面网元继续发送所述UE的第一网络的PDU会话的用户面数据而导致UE跨网移动期间的空口丢包和UE移动完成后网络的数据回传，因此可以降低UE跨网移动期间的空口丢包率和UE移动完成后网络的数据回传量。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，所述第一RRC消息和第一消息还携带如下信息的一项或多项：第一时间信息、原因、立即暂停指示信息或临近指示信息，其中，第一时间用于指示终端设备在第一时间之后触发跨网移动，所述原因用于指示跨网移动，所述立即暂停指示信息用于指示是否立即暂停终端设备的第一网络的用户面数据的传输。
另外，所述临近指示信息用于指示终端设备正在进入或者离开非公共网络的一个或多个小区的邻近区域，或者所述临近指示信息用于指示终端设备正在进入或离开非公共网络的一个或多个小区。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，所述方法还包括：第一网络的接入网设备从第一网络的核心网控制面网元接收第四消息，第四消息中携带第二时间信息，第二时间用于指示第一网络的核心网用户面网元将在第二时间之后暂停终端设备的第一网络的用户面数据的传输。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，第一网络的接入网设备从第一网络的核心网控制面网元接收第四消息之后，所述方法还包括：第一网络的接入网设备向所述终端发送第二RRC消息，所述第二RRC消息携带第二时间信息，第二时间用于指示第一网络的核心网用户面网元将在第二时间之后暂停终端设备的第一网络的用户面数据的传输；第一网络的接入网设备在所述第一时间或所述第二时间之后仍然保留终端设备的第一网络的上下文。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，第一网络的接入网设备向终端设备发送第二RRC消息之后，所述方法还包括：第一网络的接入网设备从第一网络的核心网控制面网元接收第五消息，第五消息用于指示第一网络的接入网设备发送缓存的终端设备的第一网络的用户面数据。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，所述方法还包括：第一网络的接入网设备根据第一时间，在所述第一时间之后不再向终端设备发送数据；第一网络的接入网设备接收来自第一网络的核心网控制面网元的恢复终端设备的第一网络的用户面数据的传输的通知后，恢复终端设备的第一网络的上下文，并向所述终端发送第三RRC消息，其 中，所述第三RRC消息用于告知终端设备恢复第一网络的上下文，所述第三RRC消息中携带如下信息的一项或多项：终端设备的第一网络的PDU会话的会话标识、所述终端设备的设备标识、恢复传输的原因以及是否立即恢复传输的指示信息。
第一网络的接入网设备根据第一时间信息，在第一时间之后不再向UE发送第一网络的用户面数据，可以降低UE接入第二网络之后的数据回传量。
第四方面，本申请提供一种传输数据的方法，该方法包括：第一网络的核心网用户面网元从第一网络的核心网控制面网元接收第二消息，第二消息用于指示第一网络的核心网用户面网元暂停终端设备的第一网络的用户面数据的传输；第一网络的核心网用户面网元向第一网络的核心网控制面网元发送第三消息，第三消息用于指示第一网络的核心网用户面网元将暂停终端设备的第一网络用户面数据的传输。
在本申请的技术方案中，第一网络的核心网用户面网元从第一网络的核心网控制面网元接收第二消息，获知UE将跨网移动。第一网络的核心网用户面网元可以暂停所述UE的第一网络的PDU会话的用户面数据的传输，由此可以避免在UE进行跨网移动的期间，第一网络的核心网用户面网元继续发送所述UE的第一网络的PDU会话的用户面数据而导致UE移动期间的空口丢包和UE移动完成后网络的数据回传，因此可以降低UE跨网移动期间的空口丢包率和UE移动完成后网络的数据回传量。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，第三消息还携带如下信息的一项或多项：第一时间信息、原因、立即暂停指示信息或临近指示信息，其中，第一时间用于指示终端设备在第一时间之后触发跨网移动，所述原因用于指示跨网移动，所述立即暂停指示信息用于指示是否立即暂停终端设备的第一网络用户面数据的传输，所述临近指示信息用于指示终端设备正在进入或者离开非公共网络的一个或多个小区的邻近区域，或者所述临近指示信息用于指示终端设备正在进入或离开非公共网络的一个或多个小区，其中，第一网络为公共网络、第二网络为非公共网络。或者，第一网络为非公共网络、第二网络为公共网络。
另外，临近指示信息可携带如下信息的一项或多项：终端设备正在进入非公共网络的一个或多个小区的邻近区域的指示信息、终端设备正在离开非公共网络的一个或多个小区的邻近区域的指示信息、终端设备正在进入非公共网络的一个或多个小区的指示信息、终端设备正在离开非公共网络的一个或多个小区的标识信息、所述一个或多个小区的标识信息。例如，用字符串entering和leaving分别指示进入和离开，用小区的绝对无线频道编号ARFCN标识小区、或者用小区ID标识小区。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，第三消息中携带第二时间信息，第二时间用于指示第一网络的核心网用户面网元将在第二时间之后暂停终端设备的第一网络的用户面数据的传输，以及，第一网络的核心网用户面网元根据获取到的第一时间和第二时间，在所述第一时间或所述第二时间之后仍然保留终端设备的第一网络的的上下文。
第五方面，本申请提供一种传输数据的方法，该方法包括：终端设备通过第一网络接入第二网络；当终端设备需要从第一网络移动到第二网络时，终端设备向第二网络的核心网控制面网元发送第一消息，第一消息用于指示终端设备将从第一网络移动到第二网络。其中，第一网络为公共网络、第二网络为非公共网络。或者，第一网络为非公共网络、第二网络为公共网络。
在本申请的技术方案中，UE接入第一网络之后，在需要从第一网络向第二网络进行跨网移动时，向第二网络的核心网控制面网元通知UE将要触发跨网移动，从而第二网络的核心网控制面网元通知第二网络的核心网用户面网元UE将发生跨网移动，以便于第二网络的核心网用户面网元暂停所述UE的第二网络的PDU会话的用户面数据的传输，由此可以避免在UE进行跨网移动的期间，第二网络的核心网用户面网元继续向UE发送所述UE的第二网络的用户面数据而导致的空口丢包，因此可以降低UE跨网移动期间的空口丢包率。
结合第五方面，在第五方面的某些实现方式中，第一消息携带如下信息的一项或多项：第一时间信息、原因、立刻暂停指示信息或临近指示信息，其中，第一时间用于指示终端设备在第一时间之后触发跨网移动，所述原因用于指示跨网移动，所述立即暂停指示信息用于指示是否立即暂停终端设备的第二网络的用户面数据的传输，所述临近指示信息用于指示终端设备正在进入或者离开非公共网络的一个或多个小区的邻近区域，或者所述临近指示信息用于指示终端设备正在进入或离开非公共网络的一个或多个小区。
结合第五方面，在第五方面的某些实现方式中，终端设备向第二网络的核心网控制面网元发送第一消息之后，所述方法还包括：终端设备通过NAS消息从第二网络的核心网控制面网元接收第二时间信息，第二时间用于指示第二网络的核心网用户面网元将在第二时间之后暂停终端设备的第二网络的用户面数据的传输；终端设备在所述第一时间或所述第二时间之后仍然保留第二网络的上下文。
网络侧获知终端设备在第一时间之后触发跨网移动之后，向终端设备通知第二网络的核心网用户面网元在第二时间之后将暂停终端设备的第二网络的用户面数据的传输。终端设备在第一时间或第二时间之后仍然保留第二网络的上下文，可以避免UE过早释放UE的第二网络的上下文。
结合第五方面，在第五方面的某些实现方式中，所述方法还包括：终端设备通过RRC消息向第一网络的接入网设备发送第二时间。
结合第五方面，在第五方面的某些实现方式中，终端设备接入第二网络之后，所述方法还包括：终端设备向第一网络的核心网控制面网元发送NAS消息，所述NAS消息用于通知发送缓存的终端设备的第二网络的用户面数据。
终端设备接入第二网络之后，通过向第一网络的核心网控制面网元发送NAS消息，以使第一网络的核心网获知UE已经接入第二网络的状态，从而可以及时向UE回传缓存的UE的第二网络的上下文。
第六方面，本申请提供一种传输数据的方法，该方法包括：第二网络的核心网控制面网元接收来自终端设备的第六消息，终端设备位于第一网络，第六消息用于指示终端设备将从第一网络移动到第二网络。其中，第一网络为公共网络、第二网络为非公共网络。或者，第一网络为非公共网络、第二网络为公共网络。第二网络的核心网控制设备向第二网络的核心网用户面网元发送第七消息，第七消息用于指示第二网络的核心网用户面网元暂停终端设备的第二网络的用户面数据的传输。
在本申请的技术方案中，UE在需要从第一网络向第二网络进行跨网移动时，可以向第二网络的核心网控制面网元通知UE将要跨网移动，从而第二网络的核心网控制面网元通知第二网络的核心网用户面网元UE将发生跨网移动，以便于第二网络的核心网用户面 网元暂停所述UE的第二网络的PDU会话的用户面数据的传输，由此可以避免在UE进行跨网移动的期间，第二网络的核心网用户面网元继续发送所述UE的第二网络的用户面数据而导致UE移动期间的空口丢包和UE移动完成后网络的数据回传，因此可以降低UE跨网移动期间的空口丢包率和UE移动完成后网络的数据回传量。
结合第一方面的方法，需要说明的是，UE需要从第一网络向第二网络移动时，可以向第一网络的核心网控制面网元和第二网络的核心网控制面网元通知UE将要跨网移动。进一步地，第一网络的核心网控制面网元根据UE是否建立了第一网络的PDU会话，确定是否需要停止UE的第一网络的PDU会话的用户面数据的传输。类似的，第二网络的核心网控制面网元根据UE是否建立了第二网络的PDU会话，确定是否需要停止UE的第二网络的PDU会话的用户面数据的传输。
可以理解的是，如果UE在第一网络时通过第一网络建立了第一网络的PDU会话和第二网络的PDU会话，则第一网络的核心网用户面网元将停止UE的第一网络的PDU会话的用户面数据的传输，第二网络的核心网用户面网元将停止UE的第二网络的PDU会话的用户面数据。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，第六消息还携带如下信息的一项或多项：第一时间信息、原因、立即暂停指示信息或临近指示信息，第一时间用于指示终端设备在第一时间之后触发跨网移动，所述原因用于指示跨网移动，所述立即暂停指示信息用于指示是否立即暂停终端设备的第二网络的用户面数据的传输，所述临近指示信息用于指示终端设备正在进入或者离开非公共网络的一个或多个小区的邻近区域，或者所述临近指示信息用于指示终端设备正在进入或离开非公共网络的一个或多个小区。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，第二网络的核心网控制面网元向第二网络的核心网用户面网元发送第七消息之后，所述方法还包括：第二网络的核心网控制面网元从第二网络的核心网用户面网元接收第八消息，第八消息携带第二时间信息，第二时间用于指示第二网络的核心网用户面网元将在第二时间之后暂停终端设备的第二网络的用户面数据的传输；第二网络的核心网控制面网元在所述第一时间或所述第二时间后仍保留终端设备的第二网络的上下文。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，第二网络的核心网控制面网元从第二网络的核心网用户面网元接收第八消息之后，所述方法还包括：第二网络的核心网控制面网元通过NAS消息向终端设备发送第二时间信息，以由终端设备向第一网络的接入网设备通知第二时间；或者，第二网络的核心网控制面网元向非第三代合作伙伴计划网间互通功能N3IWF发送第二时间信息，以由所述N3IWF向第一网络的接入网设备通知第二时间，或者由所述N3IWF向终端设备通知第二时间，进而由终端设备向第一网络的接入网设备通知第二时间。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，第七消息中还携带如下信息中的一项或多项：第一时间、所述原因、所述立刻暂停指示信息和所述临近指示信息。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，第二网络的核心网控制面网元接收终端设备的第六消息之后，所述方法还包括：经过第三时间之后，若终端设备未接入第二网络，第二网络的核心网控制面网元查询终端设备的位置信息；第二网络的核心网控制面网元根据终端设备的位置信息，对终端设备进行跨网移动的管理。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，第二网络的核心网控制面网元根据终端设备的位置信息，对终端设备进行跨网移动的管理，包括：如果终端设备当前位于第一网络的源小区或其它小区，第二网络的核心网控制面网元查询终端设备是否还要进行跨网移动，并根据查询结果，执行如下至少一种操作：若确定终端设备还要进行跨网移动，第二网络的核心网控制面网元继续等待终端设备接入第二网络；或者，若确定终端设备取消跨网移动，第二网络的核心网控制面网元通知第二网络的核心网用户面网元和第一网络的接入网设备恢复终端设备的第二网络的用户面数据的传输。
这里，第二网络的核心网控制面网元通知第一网络的接入网设备恢复终端设备的第二网络的用户面数据的传输时，第二网络的核心网控制面网元可以有如下方式通知第一网络的接入网设备。
例如，第二网络的核心网控制面网元直接通知第一网络的接入网设备。
又例如，第二网络的核心网控制面网元先通知UE，由UE再通知第一网络的接入网设备。
又例如，第二网络的核心网控制面网元通过其它网元通知第一网络的核心网控制面网元，由第一网络的核心网控制面网元再通知第一网络的接入网设备。此时，接入网设备可以是第一网络和第二网络共用的。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，第二网络的核心网控制面网元根据终端设备的位置信息，对终端设备进行跨网移动的管理，包括：如果确定终端设备已经移动到第二网络，第二网络的核心网控制面网元继续等待。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，第二网络的核心网控制面网元根据终端设备的位置信息，对终端设备进行跨网移动的管理，包括：如果未查询到终端设备，第二网络的核心网控制面网元通知第一网络的网元在第一网络寻呼终端设备，若在第一网络未寻呼到终端设备，第二网络的核心网控制面网元在第二网络寻呼终端设备；若在第二网络仍未寻呼到终端设备，第二网络的核心网控制面网元等待一段时间之后，通知第一网络的接入网设备和第二网络的核心网用户面网元释放终端设备的第二网络的协议数据单元PDU会话的上下文。
与上文的说明类似，第二网络的核心网控制面网元可以直接通知第一网络的接入网设备，或者第二网络的核心网控制面网元先通知UE，再由UE通知第一网络的接入网设备。再或者，第二网络的核心网控制面网元先通知第一网络的核心网控制面网元，再由第一网络的核心网控制面网元通知第一网络的接入网设备。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，第二网络的核心网控制面网元查询终端设备的位置信息，包括：第二网络的核心网控制面网元向N3IWF或者第二网络的接入网设备发送位置上报控制消息，所述位置上报控制消息用于查询终端设备的位置信息；所述方法还包括：第二网络的核心网控制面网元从所述N3IWF或者第二网络的接入网设备接收位置报告，所述位置报告中携带终端设备的位置信息。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，第二网络的核心网控制面网元通知第二网络的核心网用户面网元和第一网络的接入网设备恢复终端设备的第二网络的用户面数据的传输，包括：第二网络的核心网控制面网元向第二网络的核心网用户面网元和第一网络的接入网设备发送恢复消息，所述恢复消息中携带如下信息的一项或多项：终端设备 的第二网络的PDU会话的会话标识、所述终端设备的设备标识、恢复传输的原因以及是否立即恢复传输的指示信息。
与上文的说明类似，第二网络的核心网控制面网元可以直接向第一网络的接入网设备发送恢复消息，或者第二网络的核心网控制面网元先通知UE，再由UE通知第一网络的接入网设备恢复UE的第二网络的用户面数据的传输。再或者，第二网络的核心网控制面网元先通知第一网络的核心网控制面网元，再由第一网络的核心网控制面网元通知第一网络的接入网设备恢复UE的第二网络的用户面数据的传输。
第七方面，本申请提供一种传输数据的方法，该方法包括：第二网络的核心网用户面网元从第二网络的核心网控制面网元接收第七消息，第七消息用于指示第二网络的核心网用户面网元暂停终端设备的第二网络的用户面数据的传输；第二网络的核心网用户面网元向第二网络的核心网控制面网元返回第八消息，第八消息用于指示第二网络的核心网用户面网元将暂停终端设备的第二网络的用户面数据的传输。
在本申请的技术方案中，第二网络的核心网用户面网元从第二网络的核心网控制面网元接收第七消息，获知UE将跨网移动。第二网络的核心网用户面网元可以暂停所述UE的第二网络的用户面数据的传输，由此可以避免在UE进行跨网移动的期间，第二网络的核心网用户面网元继续向UE发送所述UE的第二网络的PDU会话的用户面数据而导致的空口丢包，因此可以降低UE跨网移动期间的空口丢包率。
结合第七方面，在第七方面的某些实现方式中，第八消息中携带第二时间信息，第二时间用于指示第二网络的核心网用户面网元将在第二时间之后暂停终端设备的第二网络的用户面数据的传输。
结合第七方面，在第七方面的某些实现方式中，第八消息还携带如下信息的一项或多项：第一时间信息、原因、立即暂停指示信息或临近指示信息，其中，第一时间用于指示终端设备在第一时间之后触发跨网移动，所述原因用于指示跨网移动，所述立即暂停指示信息用于指示是否立即暂停终端设备的第二网络的用户面数据的传输，所述临近指示信息用于指示终端设备正在进入或者离开非公共网络的一个或多个小区的邻近区域，或者所述临近指示信息用于指示终端设备正在进入或离开非公共网络的一个或多个小区。其中，第一网络为公共网络、第二网络为非公共网络。或者，第一网络为非公共网络、第二网络为公共网络。以及，该方法还包括：第二网络的核心网用户面网元在所述第一时间或所述第二时间后仍保留终端设备的第二网络的上下文。
第八方面，本申请提供一种通信装置，所述通信装置具有实现第一方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法的功能，或者，所述通信装置具有实现第五方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元。
可选地，该通信装置具有实现第一方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法的功能。
其中，该通信装置包括处理单元和收发单元。处理单元，用于将该通信装置接入第一网络；确定该通信装置需要从第一网络向第二网络进行跨网移动时，控制收发单元向所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元发送第一消息或向所述第一网络的接入网设备发送第一RRC消息，所述第一消息或所述第一RRC消息用于指示所述通信装置4000将从所述第一网络移动到所述第二网络，其中，所述第一网络为公共网络、所述第二网络为非公共网 络，或者所述第一网络为非公共网络、所述第二网络为公共网络。
可选地，在一种实现中，收发单元还用于从所述第一网络的接入网设备接收第二RRC消息，所述第二RRC消息携带第二时间信息，所述第二时间信息用于指示所述第一网络的核心网用户面网元在第二时间之后暂停所述通信装置的所述第一网络的用户面数据的传输；或者，所述收发单元还用于从所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元接收NAS消息，所述NAS消息携带第二时间信息。以及，处理单元还用于在第一时间或第二时间之后仍然保留第一网络的上下文。
可选地，在一种实现中，收发单元还用于向所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元发送NAS消息，所述NAS消息用于指示所述通信装置已经接入第二网络；以及，收发单元还用于从第一网络的接入网设备接收第三RRC消息，第三RRC消息中携带如下信息的一项或多项：所述通信装置的所述第一网络的PDU会话的会话标识、所述通信装置的设备标识、恢复传输的原因以及是否立即恢复传输的指示信息；以及，所述处理单元还用于根据所述第三RRC消息，恢复所述第一网络的上下文。
可选地，该通信装置具有实现第五方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法的功能。其中，该通信装置包括处理单元和收发单元。处理单元用于通过第一网络将该通信装置接入第二网络；处理单元还用于当确定所述终端设备需要从第一网络移动到第二网络时，控制收发单元向第二网络的核心网控制面网元发送第一消息，第一消息用于指示终端设备将从第一网络移动到第二网络。其中，第一网络为公共网络、第二网络为非公共网络。或者，第一网络为非公共网络、第二网络为公共网络。
可选地，在一种实现中，收发单元还用于从第二网络的核心网控制面网元接收NAS消息，所述NAS消息携带第二时间信息，第二时间用于指示第二网络的核心网用户面网元将在第二时间之后暂停终端设备的第二网络的用户面数据的传输；处理单元还用于在所述第一时间或所述第二时间之后仍然保留第二网络的上下文。
可选地，在一种实现中，收发单元还用于向第一网络的接入网设备发送RRC消息，所述RRC消息中携带第二时间信息。
可选地，在一种实现中，收发单元，还用于向第一网络的核心网控制面网元发送NAS消息，所述NAS消息用于通知发送缓存的终端设备的第二网络的用户面数据。
第九方面，本申请提供一种通信装置，所述通信装置具有实现第二方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法的功能，或者，所述通信装置具有实现第六方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元。
可选地，该通信装置具有实现第二方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法的功能。其中，该通信装置包括接收单元和发送单元。接收单元，用于接收第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示终端设备将从所述第一网络移动到第二网络，其中，所述第一网络为公共网络、所述第二网络为非公共网络，或者所述第一网络为非公共网络、所述第二网络为公共网络；发送单元，用于向第一网络的核心网用户面网元发送第二消息，所述第二消息用于指示所述第一网络的核心网用户面网元暂停所述终端设备的所述第一网络的用户面数据的传输。
可选地，在一种实现中，接收单元还用于从所述第一网络的核心网用户面网元接收第三消息，所述第三消息中携带第二时间信息，所述第二时间信息用于指示所述第一网络的 核心网用户面网元将在第二时间之后暂停所述终端设备的所述第一网络的用户面数据的传输；以及，所述通信装置还包括处理单元，用于在所述第一时间或所述第二时间之后仍然保留所述终端设备的所述第一网络的上下文。
可选地，在一种实现中，接收单元具体用于从所述第一网络的接入网设备接收所述第一消息，以及发送单元还用于向所述第一网络的接入网设备发送第四消息，所述第四消息携带所述第二时间信息，所述第四消息用于告知所述第一网络的接入网设备所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元在第二时间之后暂停所述终端设备的所述第一网络的用户面数据的传输。
可选地，在一种实现中，接收单元用于从终端设备的NAS消息，所述NAS消息为所述第一消息，以及，发送单元还用于向所述第一接入网设备发送第四消息，所述第四消息携带如下信息：所述第二时间信息、所述第一时间信息、所述原因、所述立即暂停指示信息和所述临近指示信息。
可选地，在一种实现中，接收单元还用于接收来自所述终端设备的NAS消息，所述NAS消息用于指示所述终端设备已经移动到所述第二网络并接入所述第二网络；以及，发送单元还用于向所述第一网络的接入网设备发送第五消息，所述第五消息用于指示所述第一接入网设备发送缓存的所述终端设备的所述第一网络的用户面数据。
可选地，该通信装置具有实现第六方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法的功能。该通信装置包括接收单元和发送单元。
可选地，该通信装置具有实现第六方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法的功能。其中，该通信装置包括接收单元和发送单元。接收单元，用于从接收来自终端设备的第六消息，终端设备位于第一网络，第六消息用于指示终端设备将从第一网络移动到第二网络。发送单元，用于向第二网络的核心网用户面网元发送第七消息，第七消息用于指示第二网络的核心网用户面网元暂停终端设备的第二网络的用户面数据的传输。
可选地，在一种实现中，接收单元，还用于从第二网络的核心网用户面网元接收第八消息，第八消息携带第二时间信息，第二时间用于指示第二网络的核心网用户面网元将在第二时间之后暂停终端设备的第二网络的用户面数据的传输；处理单元还用于在所述第一时间或所述第二时间后仍保留终端设备的第二网络的上下文。
可选地，在一种实现中，发送单元还用于向终端设备发送第二时间信息，或者向N3IWF发送第二时间信息。
第十方面，本申请提供一种通信装置，所述通信装置具有实现第三方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元。
其中，该通信装置包括接收单元和发送单元。接收单元用于从终端设备接收第一RRC消息，所述第一RRC消息用于指示所述终端设备将从所述第一网络移动到第二网络。发送单元，用于向所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元所述终端设备将从所述第一网络移动到所述第二网络。其中，所述第一网络为公共网络、所述第二网络为非公共网络，或者所述第一网络为非公共网络、所述第二网络为公共网络。
可选地，在一种实现中，接收单元，还用于从所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元接收 第四消息，所述第四消息中携带第二时间信息，所述第二时间信息用于指示第一网络的核心网用户面网元将在第二时间之后暂停所述终端设备的所述第一网络的用户面数据的传输。
可选地，在一种实现中，发送单元还用于向所述终端发送第二RRC消息，所述第二RRC消息携带第二时间信息，所述第二时间信息用于指示所述第一网络的核心网用户面网元将在第二时间之后暂停所述终端设备的所述第一网络的用户面数据的传输；以及，该通信装置还包括处理单元，用于在所述第一时间或所述第二时间之后仍然保留所述终端设备的所述第一网络的上下文。
可选地，在一种实现中，接收单元还用于从所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元接收第五消息，所述第五消息用于指示所述第一网络的接入网设备发送缓存的所述终端设备的所述第一网络的用户面数据。
可选地，在一种实现中，处理单元还用于根据所述第一时间信息，控制发送单元在第一时间之后不再向所述终端设备发送数据。
可选地，在一种实现中，接收单元还用于接收来自所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元的恢复所述终端设备的所述第一网络的用户面数据的传输的通知；处理单元还用于根据所述通知恢复所述终端设备的所述第一网络的上下文；以及，处理单元还用于控制发送单元向所述终端发送第三RRC消息，所述第三RRC消息用于告知所述终端设备恢复所述第一网络的上下文，其中，所述第三RRC消息中携带如下信息的一项或多项：所述终端设备的所述第一网络的PDU会话的会话标识、所述终端设备的设备标识、恢复传输的原因以及是否立即恢复传输的指示信息。
第十一方面，本申请提供一种通信装置，所述通信装置具有实现第四方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法的功能，和/或，所述通信装置具有实现第七方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元。
可选地，该通信装置具有实现第四方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法的功能。其中，该通信装置包括接收单元和发送单元。其中，接收单元用于从所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元接收第二消息，所述第二消息用于指示所述第一网络的核心网用户面网元暂停终端设备的第一网络的用户面数据的传输；发送单元，用于向所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元返回第三消息，所述第三消息用于指示所述第一网络的核心网用户面网元将暂停所述终端设备的所述第一网络用户面数据的传输。
可选地，在一种实现中，该通信装置还包括处理单元，用于根据所述第一时间信息和所述第二时间信息，在所述第一时间或所述第二时间之后仍然保留所述终端设备的所述第一网络的上下文。
可选地，该通信装置具有实现第七方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法的功能。其中，该通信装置包括接收单元和发送单元。接收单元，用于从第二网络的核心网控制面网元接收第七消息，第七消息用于指示第二网络的核心网用户面网元暂停终端设备的第二网络的用户面数据的传输；发送单元，用于向第二网络的核心网控制面网元返回第八消息，第八消息用于指示第二网络的核心网用户面网元将暂停终端设备的第二网络的用户面数据的传输。
第十二方面，本申请提供一种终端设备，包括处理器和存储器。其中，存储器用于存储计算机程序，处理器用于调用并运行存储器中存储的计算机程序，使得终端设备执行第一方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法，和/或，执行第五方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十三方面，本申请提供一种网络设备，包括处理器和存储器。其中，存储器用于存储计算机程序，处理器用于调用并运行存储器中存储的计算机程序，使得网络设备执行第二方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法，或者，执行第六方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十四方面，本申请提供一种网络设备，包括处理器和存储器。其中，存储器用于存储计算机程序，处理器用于调用并运行存储器中存储的计算机程序，使得网络设备执行第三方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十五方面，本申请提供一种网络设备，包括处理器和存储器。其中，存储器用于存储计算机程序，处理器用于调用并运行存储器中存储的计算机程序，使得网络设备执行第四方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法，或者，执行第七方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十六方面，本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机指令，当计算机指令在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行第一方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法，或者，执行第五方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十七方面，本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机指令，当计算机指令在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行第二方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法，或者，执行第六方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十八方面，本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机指令，当计算机指令在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行第三方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十九方面，本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机指令，当计算机指令在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行第四方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法，或者，执行第七方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第二十方面，本申请提供一种芯片，包括处理器。处理器用于读取并执行存储器中存储的计算机程序，以执行第一方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法，或者，执行第五方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
可选地，所述芯片还包括存储器，存储器与处理器通过电路或电线与存储器连接。
进一步可选地，所述芯片还包括通信接口。
第二十一方面，本申请提供一种芯片，包括处理器。处理器用于读取并执行存储器中存储的计算机程序，以执行第二方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法，或者执行第六方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
可选地，所述芯片还包括存储器，存储器与处理器通过电路或电线与存储器连接。
进一步可选地，所述芯片还包括通信接口。
第二十二方面，本申请提供一种芯片，包括处理器。处理器用于读取并执行存储器中存储的计算机程序，以执行第三方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
可选地，所述芯片还包括存储器，存储器与处理器通过电路或电线与存储器连接。
进一步可选地，所述芯片还包括通信接口。
第二十三方面，本申请提供一种芯片，包括处理器。处理器用于读取并执行存储器中存储的计算机程序，以执行第四方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法，或者，执行第七方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
可选地，所述芯片还包括存储器，存储器与处理器通过电路或电线与存储器连接。
进一步可选地，所述芯片还包括通信接口。
第二十四方面，本申请提供一种计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品包括计算机程序代码，当所述计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行第一方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法，或者，执行第五方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第二十五方面，本申请提供一种计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品包括计算机程序代码，当所述计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行第二方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法，或者，执行第六方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第二十六方面，本申请提供一种计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品包括计算机程序代码，当所述计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行第三方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第二十七方面，本申请提供一种计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品包括计算机程序代码，当所述计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行第四方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法，或者，执行第七方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第二十八方面，本申请提供一种通信系统，包括如第十二方面所述的终端设备、第十三方面所述的网络设备、第十四方面所述的网络设备和第十五方面所述的网络设备中的两个或两个以上。
在一个示例中，在该通信系统中，终端设备接入第一网络之后，需要从第一网络向第二网络移动时，向第一网络的核心网控制面网元发送第一消息，或者向第一网络的接入网设备发送第一RRC消息，所述第一消息或者RRC消息用于指示所述终端设备将从第一网络移动到第二网络，其中，所述第一网络为公共网络、所述第二网络为非公共网络，或者所述第一网络为非公共网络、所述第二网络为公共网络；
第一网络的核心网控制面网元从终端设备接收第一消息，并向第一网络的核心网用户面网元发送第二消息，第二消息用于指示所述第一网络的核心网用户面网元暂停所述终端设备的所述第一网络的用户面数据的传输；
第一网络的核心网用户面网元从第一网络的核心网控制面网元接收第二消息，并向第一网络的核心网控制面网元返回第三消息，第三消息用于指示所述第一网络的核心网用户面网元将暂停所述终端设备的所述第一网络用户面数据的传输。
可选地，核心网控制面网元可以为AMF，核心网用户面网元可以为UPF。
附图说明
图1是适用于本申请实施例的系统架构的示例。
图2是本申请提供的UE进行跨网移动的流程的一个示例。
图3是本申请提供的UE进行跨网移动流程的一个示例。
图4是UE进行跨网移动的流程的另一个示例。
图5是UE进行跨网移动的流程的另一个示例。
图6是UE从NPN向PLMN进行跨网小区重选的一个示例。
图7是UE未重选到第二网络的情况下网络设备的处理流程的一个示例。
图8是UE从NPN向PLMN进行跨网小区重选的另一个示例。
图9是UE未重选到第二网络的情况下网络设备的处理流程的另一个示例。
图10为本申请提供的通信装置1000的示意性框图。
图11为本申请提供的通信装置2000的示意性框图。
图12为本申请提供的通信装置3000的示意性框图。
图13为本申请提供的通信装置4000的示意性框图。
图14为本申请提供的通信装置5000的示意性框图。
图15为本申请提供的通信装置6000的示意性框图。
图16是本申请提供的通信装置10的示意性结构图。
图17是本申请提供的通信装置20的示意性结构图。
图18是本申请提供的通信装置30的示意性结构图。
图19是本申请提供的通信装置40的示意性结构图。
图20是本申请提供的通信装置50的示意性结构图。
图21是本申请提供的通信装置60的示意性结构图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合附图，对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统，例如，长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex，FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex，TDD)、第五代(5th generation,5G)系统或新无线(new radio，NR)等或未来的通信系统。
本申请实施例中的终端设备可以指用户设备、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端设备还可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol，SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop，WLL)站、个人数字处理(personal digital assistant，PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备，5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的终端设备等，本申请对此并不限定。
本申请实施例中的无线接入网设备可以是任意一种具有无线收发功能的设备。所述接入网设备包括但不限于：演进型节点B(evolved Node B，eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller，RNC)、节点B(Node B，NB)、基站控制器(base station controller，BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station，BTS)、家庭基站(home evolved NodeB，或home Node B，HNB)、基带单元(baseband unit，BBU)，无线保真(wireless fidelity，WIFI)系统中的接入点(access point，AP)、无线中继节点、无线回传节点、传输点 (transmission point，TP)或者发送接收点(transmission and reception point，TRP)等，还可以为第五代(the fifth generation,5G)系统，例如，新空口(new radio,NR)中的gNB或传输点(TRP或TP)，5G系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板，或者，还可以为构成gNB或传输点的网络节点，例如，基带单元(building baseband unit,BBU)或分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)等。
参见图1，图1是适用于本申请实施例的系统架构的示例。如图1所示，NPN独立组网中，NPN和PLMN拥有独立的无线接入网络(radio access network,RAN)和核心网(core network,CN)。独立组网的NPN被视为非3GPP网络。NPN和PLMN的核心网之间通过非3GPP网间互通功能(non-3GPP interworking function，N3IWF)网元相连，通过N3IWF网元可进行用户面、控制面的互通。
其中，该架构中各网元之间的接口如图1所示。图1中所示的N3IWF和UPF之间的接口Z2还可以为N6。另外，Nwu PLMN表示N3IWF和UE之间的接口。
需要说明的是，图1中所示的各网元之间的接口名称仅是作为示例。在不同的通信系统或者，随着系统的演进，图1中所示的各网元之间的接口也可以不同于图1中所示，本文不作限定。
在图1所示的架构下，UE的NPN业务可以通过NPN来提供，也可以通过PLMN来提供。UE的PLMN业务可以通过PLMN来提供，也可以通过NPN来提供。
通过NPN为UE提供PLMN业务，也即，UE处于NPN中时，为UE建立PLMN PDU会话资源的。PDU会话资源的建立过程是为用户面的数据传输配置无线资源和有线资源的过程。PDU会话的建立涉及到从终端设备到数据网络(data network，DN)之间的多个网元，例如，接入和移动管理功能(access andmobility management function,AMF)、会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)和用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)等，是一个端到端的配置过程。经过PLMN为UE提供NPN业务(也即，UE处于PLMN中，为UE建立NPN PDU会话资源)的过程，与经过NPN为UE提供PLMN业务过程类似。
通过PLMN为UE提供PLMN业务，也即当UE处在PLMN的小区时，为UE的PLMN PDU会话建立的无线资源承载(例如，DRB)在PLMN的接入网设备上(例如，PLMN NG-RAN等)。有线资源(核心网数据传输隧道)承载在PLMN的核心网设备上(例如，UPF等)。此时，为UE配置PLMN PDU会话资源的过程与传统建立PDU会话的过程一致，不再赘述。
经过PLMN为UE提供NPN业务，也即，当UE处于PLMN中，为UE建立NPN PDU会话资源。经过NPN为UE提供PLMN业务(也即，UE处于NPN中，建立PLMN PDU会话资源)的过程，与经过PLMN为UE提供NPN业务过程类似。
经过NPN为UE提供NPN业务(也即，UE处于NPN中，为UE建立NPN PDU)会话资源)。PDU会话资源的建立过程是为用户面的数据传输配置无线资源和有线资源的过程。PDU会话的建立涉及到从终端到DN之间的多个网元(例如，AMF、SMF、UPF等)，是一个端到端的配置过程。当UE处在NPN的小区时，为UE的NPN PDU会话建立的无线资源(例如，DRB)承载在NPN的接入网设备上(例如，NPN NG-RAN等，NPN部署3GPP的无线接入网，但此3GPP接入网不属于共有PLMN网络)。有线资源(核心 网数据传输隧道)承载在NPN的核心网设备上(例如，UPF等)。此时，为UE配置NPN PDU会话资源的过程与传统建立PDU会话的过程一致，不再赘述。
由于UE的移动性，UE可能出现从私网移动到公网，或者从公网移动到私网的场景。为了便于说明，本文中将UE移动之前所在的网络定义为第一网络，将UE要移动到的网络定义为第二网络。
如上文所述，当UE处于第一网络时，UE可以通过第一网络建立第一网络的PDU会话，还可以通过第一网络建立第二网络的PDU会话。或者，同时在第一网络和第二网络建立各自的PDU会话。其中，第一网络和第二网络中的一个为公共网络，另一个为非公共网络。例如，第一网络为公共网络、第二网络为非公共网络。或者，第一网络为非公共网络、第二网络为公共网络。
场景1
UE接入第一网络，当UE需要从第一网络向第二网络进行跨网移动时，UE通知第一网络的核心网网元UE将触发跨网移动。
参见图2，图2是UE进行跨网移动的流程的一个示例。
201、UE接入第一网络。
可选地，UE可以建立第一网络的PDU会话。或者，UE也可以不建立第一网络的PDU会话。
202、在UE需要从第一网络移动到第二网络的情况下，UE向第一网络的核心网控制面网元发送第一消息。
相应地，第一网络的核心网控制面网元接收来自UE的第一消息。
其中，第一消息可以用于指示UE将从第一网络移动到第二网络。另外，UE是否需要从第一网络移动到第二网络，可以由UE确定。
在一种实现方式中，UE向第一网络的核心网控制面网元发送非接入层(non-access stratum,NAS)消息，以通知UE将触发从第一网络到第二网络的跨网移动。具体地，UE先向RAN发送NAS消息，RAN再向第一网络的核心网控制面网元转发NAS消息。
在另一种实现方式中，UE向第一网络的接入网设备发送第一RRC消息，第一RRC消息用于通知UE将触发跨网移动。进一步地，第一网络的接入网设备向第一网络的核心网控制面网元发送第一消息，也即，由第一网络的接入网设备通知第一网络的核心网控制面网元UE将触发跨网移动。
可选地，UE发送的第一消息和第一RRC消息分别携带如下信息的一项或多项：第一时间信息、原因(或称为，移动原因)、立即暂停指示信息或临近指示信息。
其中，第一时间信息用于指示UE在第一时间之后触发跨网移动。原因用于指示跨网移动。立即暂停指示信息用于指示是否立即暂停UE的第一网络的用户面数据的传输。临近指示信息用于指示UE正在进入或者离开非公共网络的一个或多个小区的邻近区域，或者，临近指示信息用于指示UE正在进入或离开非公共网络的一个或多个小区。
另外，所述临近指示信息可携带如下信息的一项或多项：UE正在进入非公共网络的一个或多个小区的邻近区域的指示信息、UE正在离开非公共网络的一个或多个小区的邻近区域的指示信息、UE正在进入非公共网络的一个或多个小区的指示信息、UE正在离开非公共网络的一个或多个小区的标识信息、所述一个或多个小区的标识信息。例如，用字 符串entering和leaving分别指示进入和离开，用小区的绝对无线频道编号(absolute radio frequency channel number,ARFCN)标识小区、或者用小区ID标识小区。
移动原因可以包括：NPN to PLMN,PLMN to NPN,non-3GPP to 5GS，5GS to non-3GPP,NPN to 5GS，5GS to NPN等。
其中，NPN可以具体为独立组网的NPN(stand alone NPN,SNPN)。例如，移动原因还可以进一步包括：SNPN to 5GS,SNPN to PLMN，5GS to SNPN,PLMN to SNPN等。
可选地，立即暂停指示信息可以是显式指示或者隐式指示的方式。
例如，立即暂停指示信息可以为一个或多个比特。例如，1表示立即暂停，0表示不是立即暂停。又例如，立即暂停指示信息可以为一个数值。通过将这个数值和一个阈值进行比较，确定是否立即暂停UE的第一网络的用户面数据。例如，当立即暂停指示信息所指示的数值大于或等于设定的阈值时，则表示立即暂停数据传输。当立即暂停指示信息所指示的数值小于设定的阈值时，则表示不需要立即暂停数据传输。
可选地，在一种实现中，第一时间信息所指示的第一时间(以下记作time1)也具有指示是否立即暂停传输的功能。例如，time1等于0时，则表示立即暂停UE的第一网络的用户面数据的传输。time1不等于0，则表示UE在经过time1之后触发跨网移动。
除此之外，第一消息或第一RRC消息还可以携带如下信息：UE ID、UE所要移动到的第二网络的标识、UE所要移动到的第二网络的小区ID、第二网络的接入网设备的ID以及UE移动到的第二网络后所要连接的N3IWF的地址等。
以UE从NPN移动到PLMN为例，第一消息、第一RRC消息可以携带的信息除了第一时间信息、原因、立即暂停指示信息以及临近指示信息之外，还可以包括如下一项或多项：
UE ID、UE移动到的PLMN的ID、TAC、PLMN NG-RAN Cell ID，UE ID，PLMN NG-RAN Node ID，以及UE移动到PLMN之后所要连接的NPN-N3IWF的信息等。这里，NPN-N3IWF的信息可以是NPN-N3IWF的地址。若UE从PLMN移动到NPN，NPN的标识可以为PLMN ID和/或网络标识(network identifier,NID)。
可选地，在一种实现方式中，UE可以通过RRC消息(例如，RRC release消息,或者临近指示消息)指示第一网络的RAN保留UE的上下文，第一网络的RAN进而发送消息指示第一网络的核心网控制面网元保留UE的上下文。或者，UE通过NAS消息(例如，临近指示消息)指示第一网络的核心网控制面网元保留UE的上下文，第一网络的核心网控制面网元进而发送消息指示第一网络的RAN保留UE的上下文。或者，UE分别发送RRC消息和NAS消息给第一网络的RAN和核心网控制面网元，第一网络的RAN和核心网控制面网元根据UE的指示，保留UE的上下文。
其中，所述RRC消息(例如，RRC release消息,或者临近指示消息)中可以携带一个指示信息或指示标识，该指示信息或指示标识用于指示RAN保留UE的上下文。所述RRC消息(例如，RRC release消息,或者临近指示消息)中还可以携带原因(cause)，所述原因可以为从第一网络向第二网络移动，例如，可以包括：NPN to PLMN,PLMN to NPN,non-3GPP to 5GS，5GS to non-3GPP,NPN to 5GS，5GS to NPN，SNPN to 5GS,SNPN to PLMN，5GS to SNPN,PLMN to SNPN等。
或者，UE向第一网络的核心网控制面网元发送的NAS消息中携带所述指示信息或指 示标识、所述原因等。
UE移动到第二网络并接入第二网络之后，UE通知第一网络的核心网控制面网元恢复UE的上下文。此外，UE或者第一网络的核心网控制面网元还可以通知第一网络的RAN恢复UE的上下文。所述通知中可以携带所述原因。
可选地，UE需要从第一网络向第二网络移动时，还可以向第二网络的核心网控制面网元发送NAS消息(例如，临近指示消息)，该NAS消息用于通知第二网络的核心网控制面网元保留UE的上下文。
其中，UE向第二网络的核心网控制面网元发送的NAS消息中可以携带所述指示信息或指示标识、所述原因等。
UE移动到第二网络并接入第二网络之后，UE向第二网络的RAN发送RRC消息(例如RRC resume request消息)，该RRC消息用于指示恢复UE的上下文，第二网络的RAN进而从第二网络的核心网控制面网元获取UE的上下文,并向UE响应RRC消息(例如，RRC Resume消息)。所述RRC消息(例如，RRC resume request消息，RRC Resume消息)还可以携带所述原因(cause)。
或者，UE接入第二网络之后，可以通过NAS消息通知第二网络的核心网控制面网元恢复UE的上下文，NAS消息可以携带所述原因(cause)，第二网络的核心网控制面网元进而向第二网络的RAN发送UE上下文，而后第二网络的RAN向UE响应RRC消息(例如，RRC Resume消息)，所述RRC消息可以携带所述原因。
可选地，在另一种实现中，UE在从第一网络向第二网络移动之前，向第一网络的RAN发送RRC消息(例如，RRC release消息，或者临近指示消息)。第一网络的RAN根据RRC消息(例如，RRC release消息，或者临近指示消息)确定是否保留UE的上下文，并发送RRC消息(例如RRC Release消息)通知UE是否保留UE的上下文。或者，UE向第一网络的核心网控制面网元发送NAS消息(例如，临近指示消息)。第一网络的核心网控制面网元根据该NAS消息确定是否保留UE的上下文，并分别通知第一网络的RAN和UE，或者第一网络的核心网控制面网元通知第一网络的RAN是否保留UE的上下文，第一网络的RAN进而发送RRC消息(例如，RRC Release消息)通知UE。
所述RRC消息(例如，RRC release消息)中可以携带一个指示信息或指示标识，该指示信息或指示标识用于指示UE保留上下文。所述RRC消息(例如，RRC release消息)中还可以携带所述原因。
或者，所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元分别向第一网络的RAN和UE发送的通知中携带该指示信息或指示标识、所述原因等。UE移动到第二网络并接入第二网络之后，UE通知第一网络的核心网控制面网元恢复UE的上下文。此外，UE或者第一网络的核心网控制面网元还可以通知第一网络的RAN恢复UE的上下文。所述通知中可以携带所述原因。
可选地，UE需要从第一网络向第二网络移动时，还可以向第二网络的核心网控制面网元发送NAS消息(例如，临近指示消息)，第二网络的核心网控制面网元根据该NAS消息确定是否保留UE的上下文，并发送NAS消息通知UE是否保留上下文。
其中，第二网络的核心网控制面网元向UE发送的NAS消息中可以携带一个指示信息或指示标识，该指示信息或指示标识用于指示UE保留上下文。所述NAS消息中还可 以携带所述原因。
UE移动到第二网络并接入第二网络之后，UE向第二网络的RAN发送RRC消息(例如RRC resume request消息)，该RRC消息用于指示恢复UE的上下文，第二网络的RAN进而从第二网络的核心网控制面网元获取UE的上下文,并向UE响应RRC消息(例如，RRC Resume消息)。所述RRC消息(例如，RRC resume request消息，RRC Resume消息)还可以携带所述原因。
或者，UE接入第二网络之后，可以通过NAS消息通知第二网络的核心网控制面网元恢复UE的上下文，NAS消息可以携带所述原因(cause)，第二网络的核心网控制面网元进而向第二网络的RAN发送UE上下文，而后第二网络的RAN向UE响应RRC消息(例如，RRC Resume消息)，所述RRC消息可以携带所述原因。
203、第一网络的核心网控制面网元向第一网络的核心网用户面网元发送第二消息。
相应地，第一网络的核心网用户面网元从第一网络的核心网控制面网元接收所述第二消息。
其中，第二消息用于指示第一网络的核心网用户面网元暂停所述UE的第一网络的用户面数据的传输。
需要说明的是，第一网络的核心网控制面网元和第一网络的核心网用户面网元之间可以没有直接的接口，需要通过会话管理网元，例如，会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)，的转发。因此，本领域技术人员应理解，第一网络的核心网用户面网元从第一网络的核心网控制面网元接收到的第二消息是由第一网络的核心网控制面网元发出并经过会话管理网元处理之后的消息。
204、第一网络的核心网用户面网元向第一网络的核心网控制面网元发送第三消息。
相应地，第一网络的核心网控制面网元从第第一网络的核心网用户面网元接收第三消息。其中，第三消息作为第二消息的响应消息。
其中，第三消息中携带第二时间信息。第二时间信息用于指示第一网络的核心网用户面网元将在第二时间之后暂停UE的第一网络的用户面数据的传输。
其中，第二时间可以位于第一时间之后，也可以和第一时间相等，或者，位于第一时间之后，这里不作限定。
可选地，第三消息可以携带如下信息的一项或多项：第一时间信息、原因、立即暂停指示信息、临近指示信息、UE标识、UE在第一网络建立的PDU会话的会话标识。
与此同时，第一网络的核心网用户面网元在第一时间或第二时间后仍需要保留UE上下文。
与此同时，第一网络的核心网控制面网元在第一时间或第二时间后仍需要保留UE的上下文。
需要说明的是，当第二时间位于第一时间之前时，第一网络的核心网控制面网元和核心网用户面网元在第一时间之后仍然保留UE的第一网络的上下文；当第二时间位于第一时间之后时，第一网络的核心网控制面网元和核心网用户面网元在第二时间之后仍然保留UE的第一网络的上下文；当第二时间和第一时间重合时，第一网络的核心网控制面网元和核心网用户面网元在第一时间(也即，第二时间)之后仍然保留UE的上下文。下文中其它网元对于保留UE的上下文也是类似的。
可选地，在204之后，第一网络的核心网控制面网元还执行205。
205、第一网络的核心网控制面网元向第一网络的接入网设备发送第四消息。
相应地，第一网络的接入网设备从第一网络的核心网控制面网元接收第四消息。
其中，第四消息用于向第一网络的接入网设备告知第一网络的核心网用户面网元在第二时间之后暂停UE的第一网络的用户面数据的传输。
在一种实现中，在203，如果第一网络的核心网控制面网元是从第一网络的接入网设备接收第一消息获知UE将触发跨网移动的，第四消息携带第二时间信息。除此之外，第四消息还携带如下信息的一项或多项：第一时间信息、移动原因、立即暂停指示信息以及临近指示信息。
需要说明的是，如果第一网络的核心网控制面网元直接从UE接收第一消息获知UE将从第一网络移动到第二网络，则第一网络的接入网设备是不知道UE要进行跨网移动的。因此，在205中，第一网络的核心网控制面网元通过第四消息将第二时间信息以及和UE进行跨网移动相关的第一时间信息、移动原因、立即暂停指示信息以及临近指示信息等告知第一网络的接入网设备。
在另一种实现中，在203，如果第一网络的核心网控制面网元是从UE直接接收第一消息获知UE将从第一网络移动到第二网络的，第四消息中携带第二时间信息。
在以上两种实现方式中，第四消息中还携带如下信息的一项或多项：UE ID、UE的第一网络的PDU会话的标识、服务质量流标识(quality flow identifier,QFI)和数据无线承载标识(data radio bearer identifier,DRB ID)。
与此同时，第一网络的接入网设备在第一时间或第二时间后仍需要保留UE的上下文。
在205，第一网络的接入网设备从第一网络的核心网控制面网元接收到第四消息。之后，第一网络的接入网设备执行206。
206、第一网络的接入网设备向UE发送第二RRC消息。
相应地，UE从第一网络的接入网设备接收第二RRC消息。其中，第二RRC消息携带第二时间信息。
可以理解，第二RRC消息用于告知UE第一网络的核心网用户面网元将在第二时间之后暂停UE的第一网络的用户面数据的传输。
此外，第一网络的接入网设备根据第一时间信息，在第一时间之后不再向UE发送数据。换句话说，第一网络的接入网设备将接收到的到第一时间为止还未发出的所述UE的第一网络的用户面数据以及第一时间后新到达的所述UE的第一网络的用户面数据进行缓存，并保存UE上下文一段时间。
与此同时，UE在第一时间或第二时间之后保留所述第一网络的上下文一段时间。
应理解，这里是以下行数据传输为例，第一网络的接入网设备在第一时间之后不再向UE发送数据。
如果是在上行数据传输中，第一网络的接入网设备在第一时间之后仍然可以向第一网络的核心网用户面网元发送数据。而对于某些上行数据，例如，乱序的数据，需要将这些数据回传至第二网络的网元，例如，回传至第二网络的接入网设备，由第二网络的接入网设备上传至第一网络的核心网用户面网元，而不能由第一网络的接入网设备直接上传至第一网络的核心网用户面网元。同样的，对于上行数据，第一网络的核心网用户面网元在第 二时间之后仍然可以继续将接收到的上行数据继续上传至数据网络。
经过上述步骤201-206，UE在触发从第一网络到第二网络的移动之前，向第一网络的网元通知了UE将要触发跨网移动，以便于第一网络的核心网用户面网元以及第一网元的接入网设备暂停UE的第一网络的用户面数据的传输，以免在UE跨网移动期间发生空口丢包，同时减少UE跨网移动完成后网络的数据回传量。
可以理解的是，如果是下行数据传输，第一网络的核心网用户面网元和第一网络的接入网设备可能都缓存有还未发送给UE的第一网络的用户面的数据，需要在UE接入第二网络之后，向UE进行回传。如果是上行数据传输，第一网络的接入网设备缓存有来自UE的还未发送给第一网络的核心网用户面网元的数据。
在第一时间之后，UE进行跨网移动。
207、UE接入到第二网络。
208、UE向第一网络的核心网控制面网元发送NAS消息。
相应地，第一网络的核心网控制面网元从UE接收所述NAS消息。
其中，所述NAS消息用于指示UE移动到第二网络。应当理解，所述用于指示UE移动到第二网络的NAS消息的指示方式可以为显式也可以为隐式。对于隐式指示，例如，如果第一网络的核心网控制面网元从UE接收到第一条NAS消息，就可以知道UE移动到第二网络。
209、第一网络的核心网控制面网元通知第一网络的其它网元为UE建立数据回传资源。
这里，第一网络的其它网元可以包括：第一网络的核心网用户面网元、第一网络的接入网设备以及第一N3IWF。
其中，建立数据回传资源可以包括建立回传通道、分配传输网络层端口地址以及分配用于承载回传通道的PDU会话资源。
210、第一网络的核心网控制面网元发送第五消息，第五消息用于通知第一网络的接入网设备发送缓存的所述UE的第一网络的用户面数据。
换句话说，第一网络的核心网控制面网元通知第一网络的接入网设备回传缓存的UE的第一网络的用户面数据。
具体地，第一网络的核心网控制面网元向第一网络的接入网设备发送的第五消息还可以携带如下信息：UE ID(例如，NGAP UE ID)、第一网络的PDU会话标识、DRB ID、QFI等。
211、第一网络的接入网设备将缓存的UE的第一网络的用户面数据向UE发送。
也即，第一网络的RAN向UE回传缓存的UE的第一网络的用户面数据。
第一网络的接入网设备根据从第一网络的核心网控制面网元接收的信息，通过第二网络的网元将缓存的所述UE的第一网络的用户面数据回传给UE。可选地，第一接入网设备还可以向UE回传第一时间之后新到达的所述UE的第一网络的用户面数据。
需要说明的是，与206中的说明类似，图2所示的流程是以下行数据传输为例的。因此，UE从第一网络移动到第二网络之后，第一网络的接入网设备将缓存的所述UE的第一网络的用户面数据发送给UE。如果是在上行数据传输中，UE移动到第二网络之后，第一网络的接入网设备则将缓存的所述UE的第一网络的用户面数据发送给第二网络的网 元，例如，发送给第二网络的接入网设备，再由第二网络的接入网设备将该上行数据发送给第一网络的核心网用户面网元(例如，第一网络的UPF)。
应理解，图2中所示的步骤201-211仅是为了清楚描述实施例而进行的编号。在具体实现中，不限于和图2中的所示步骤完全相同。例如，可以包括图2中的全部步骤，或者可以包括步骤201-211之外的其它步骤，或者仅包括步骤201-211中的部分步骤，本申请的方案不作限定。以下各实施例也同样适用，下面不再赘述。
另外，图2所示流程中，由UE或者RAN通知核心网控制面网元暂停UE相应用户面数据的传输，核心网控制面网元再通知核心网用户面网元暂停UE相应用户面数据的传输。在另一种实现中，也可以由UE或者RAN直接通知核心网用户面网元暂停UE相应用户面数据传输。例如，UE或RAN通过在发送的用户面数据包中增加暂停指示信息等。
在图2所示的实施例中，UE成功从第一网络接入到第二网络。但是，在一些情况下，UE向网络设备通知了UE将进行跨网移动之后，经过一段时间，网络侧迟迟未感知到UE接入第二网络。例如，UE可能未移动到第二网络，或者UE移动到第二网络之后还未接入第二网络。在这种情况下，本申请提出由网络侧发起寻找UE的位置的过程，根据寻找的结果作出继续等待UE接入、恢复UE的第一网络的PDU会话的上下文、维护UE的第一网络的用户面数据的传输或者释放UE上下文等决定等。下面结合图3进行说明。
参见图3，图3为本申请提供的UE进行跨网移动流程的一个示例。
301、UE接入第一网络。
可选地，UE建立第一网络的PDU会话，或者UE不建立第一网络的PDU会话。
302、当UE需要从第一网络移动到第二网络时，UE向第一网络的核心网控制面网元发送第一消息。
这里，UE向第一网络的核心网控制面网元发送第一消息的具体实现可以参见上文的步骤203，这里不再赘述。
相应地，第一网络的核心网控制面网元接收到来自UE的第一消息。
303、经过第三时间，如果UE未接入到第二网络，第一网络的核心网控制面网元查询UE的位置信息。
应理解，第三时间应大于第一时间。
在303中，第一网络的核心网控制面网元查询UE的位置信息可以通过多种方式。下面列举几种作为示例进行说明。
方式1
第一网络的核心网控制面网元向第一网络的接入网设备发送位置上报控制消息，所述位置上报控制消息用于询问UE的位置信息。
这里，位置上报控制消息具体可以为location reporting control消息。
其中，位置上报控制消息中携带UE的标识、原因(或称为查询原因)或类型(或称为查询类型)等。
查询原因用于指示第一网络的核心网控制面网元询问UE是否已经完成跨网移动。查询类型用于指示UE跨网移动的类型，可以包括UE从公共网络移动到非公共网络，或者UE从非公共网络移动到公共网络等。具体地，例如，UE从NPN移动到NPN、UE从NPN移动到PLMN、UE从PLMN移动到PLMN以及UE从PLMN移动到NPN等。
相应地，第一网络的接入网设备从第一网络的核心网控制面网元接收位置上报控制消息。查询UE的位置之后，第一网络的接入网设备向第一网络的核心网控制面网元发送位置报告，位置报告用于指示UE当前的位置信息。
这里，UE当前的位置信息可以包括UE当前所在的网络的ID、小区ID或跟踪区信息，或UE出现在相应位置的时间戳中的部分或全部。
可选地，位置报告中还还可以携带移动指示信息，用于指示UE是否已经移动到第二网络。例如，1表示已经移动到第二网络，0表示否，反之，亦然。
方式2
第一网络的核心网控制面网元向N3IWF发送位置上报控制消息，位置上报控制消息用于请求询问UE的位置信息。
位置上报控制消息中携带的信息可以和方式1中相同，不再赘述。
需要说明的是，这里的N3IWF可以是第一网络的N3IWF，也可以是第二网络的N3IWF，还可以是第一网络和第二网络共享的N3IWF。
类似地，N3IWF向第一网络的核心网控制面网元发送位置报告，位置报告用于指示UE当前的位置信息。
可选地，第一网络的核心网控制面网元还可以向第二网络的接入网设备发送位置上报控制消息。进而从第二网络的接入网设备接收UE的位置报告。
304、第一网络的核心网控制面网元根据UE的位置信息，对UE的跨网移动进行管理。
具体地，第一网络的核心网控制面网元根据UE的当前位置的不同情况，做出不同的处理。
在一种可能的情况下，UE仍然位于第一网络。
此种情况下，在一种实现方式中，第一网络的核心网控制面网元通过NG接口向第一网络的接入网设备发送空口消息，询问UE是否还要进行跨网移动。第一网络的接入网设备通过RRC消息询问UE。UE通过RRC消息向第一网络的接入网设备反馈自己是否还要进行跨网移动。在另一种实现方式中，第一网络的核心网控制面网元通过NAS消息直接询问UE是否还要进行跨网移动相应地，UE直接通过NAS消息向第一网络的核心网控制面网元反馈自己是否还要进行跨网移动
如果UE还要进行跨网移动，UE向第一网络的接入网设备反馈RRC消息，RRC消息中携带第四时间信息。第一网络的接入网设备再通过RRC消息将第四时间信息转发给第一网络的核心网控制面网元。或者，UE向第一网络的核心网控制面网元发送NAS消息，NAS消息中携带第四时间信息。
其中，第四时间信息用于指示UE经过第四时间之后进行跨网移动。可选地，第四时间可以和上文的第一时间相等。例如，第四时间信息指示的第四时间可以如上文的time1。
可以理解的是，第一网络的核心网控制面网元获知UE还要进行跨网移动之后，继续等待UE移动到第二网络之后接入第二网络。因此，后续的过程可以参见图2中所示的UE进行跨网移动的流程，这里不再赘述。
可选地，UE取消跨网移动。
此种情况下，如果UE还位于触发跨网移动之前的源小区，第一网络的核心网控制面网元通知第一网络的核心网用户面网元和第一网络的接入网设备恢复UE的第一网络的 PDU会话的上下文。具体地，第一网络的核心网控制面网元可以告知第一网络的核心网用户面网元和第一网络的接入网设备所述终端设备的设备标识、需要恢复的所述UE的第一网络的PDU会话的会话标识、恢复传输的原因(例如，未跨网移动)以及是否立即恢复传输的指示信息等。
在另一种可能的情况下，UE切换到了第一网络的其它小区。此种情况下，第一网络的核心网控制面网元发起为UE重新配置PDU会话资源。
例如，第一网络的核心网控制面网元告知第一网络的接入网设备为UE重新配置资源、重建数据无线承载(data radio bearer,DRB)和信令无线承载(signaling radio bearer,SRB)等。
在再一种可能的情况下，UE已经移动到第二网络，但是还未发起接入。此种情况下，第一网络的核心网控制面网元继续等待。例如，第一网络的核心网控制面网元等待为UE建立第一网络的PDU会话的用户面数据的回传隧道等。
在再一种可能的情况下，第一网络的核心网控制面网元未查询到UE。此种情况下，第一网络的核心网控制面网元通知第一网络的网元在第一网络发起对UE的寻呼。如果UE位于第一网络的其它RAN下，则对UE执行网内切换。其中，网内切换可以是基于NG接口的切换，也可以是基于Xn接口的切换，这里不作限定。如果UE位于第二网络，第一网络的核心网控制面网元继续等待。例如，等待为UE建立第一网络的PDU会话的用户面数据的回传隧道等。
如果在第一网络寻呼失败，未找到UE，第一网络的核心网控制面网元通知第二网络的网元在第二网络发起对UE的寻呼。如果查询到UE接入到了第一网络的源小区之外的其它小区，第一网络的核心网控制面网元为UE重新配置PDU会话资源。如果查询到UE已经移动到第二网络，第一网络的核心网控制面网元继续等待。若在第二网络仍然未找到UE，第一网络的核心网控制面网元等待一段时间之后，通知第一网络的接入网设备和第一网络的核心网用户面网元释放UE上下文。
以上结合图2和图3，对UE接入第一网络的情况下，从第一网络向第二网络进行跨网移动的过程进行了详细说明。
下面对UE位于第一网络，并通过第一网络在第二网络建立了PDU会话的情况下，从第一网络向第二网络进行跨网移动的过程进行说明。
场景2
UE通过第一网络接入第二网络，当UE需要从第一网络向第二网络进行跨网移动时，UE通知第二网络的核心网网元UE将触发跨网移动。
这里，UE通过第一网络接入第二网络，应理解为UE通过第一网络和第二网络的互通网元(例如，N3IWF)接入第二网络，而非通过第二网络的RAN接入第二网络。
参见图4，图4是UE进行跨网移动的流程的另一个示例。
401、UE接入第二网络。
可选地，UE可以建立第二网络的PDU会话，或者，UE可以不建立第二网络的PDU会话。
402、当UE需要从第一网络移动到第二网络的情况下，UE向第二网络的核心网控制面网元发送第六消息。
相应地，第二网络的核心网控制面网元从UE接收第六消息。
可选地，第六消息可以为NAS消息。
其中，第六消息可以携带如下信息的一项或多项：第一时间信息、原因(或称为，移动原因)、立即暂停指示信息或临近指示信息。
其中，第一时间信息用于指示UE在第一时间之后触发跨网移动。移动原因用于指示跨网移动。立即暂停指示信息用于指示是否立即暂停所述UE的第二网络的用户面数据的传输。
另外，临近指示信息可携带如下信息的一项或多项：UE正在进入非公共网络的一个或多个小区的邻近区域的指示信息、UE正在离开非公共网络的一个或多个小区的邻近区域的指示信息、UE正在进入非公共网络的一个或多个小区的指示信息、UE正在离开非公共网络的一个或多个小区的标识信息、或所述一个或多个小区的标识信息。
例如，字符串entering和leaving分别指示进入和离开，小区的ARFCN或小区ID可以用于标识小区。
除此之外，第六消息还可以携带如下信息：UE ID、UE所要移动到的第二网络的标识、UE所要移动到的第二网络的小区ID、第二网络的接入网设备的ID以及UE移动到第二网络后所要连接的N3IWF的地址等。
403、第二网络的核心网控制面网元向第二网络的核心网用户面网元发送第七消息。
相应地，第二网络的核心网用户面网元从第二网络的核心网控制面网元接收第七消息。
其中，第七消息用于指示第二网络的核心网用户面网元暂停所述UE的第二网络的用户面数据的传输。
可选地，第七消息中还携带如下信息中的一项或多项：第一时间信息、移动原因、立刻暂停指示信息或临近指示信息。
404、第二网络的核心网用户面网元向第二网络的核心网控制面网元发送第八消息。
相应地，第二网络的核心网控制面网元从第二网络的核心网用户面网元接收第八消息。
可选地，第八消息的响应消息中携带第二时间信息。其中，第二时间信息用于指示第二网络的核心网用户面网元将在第二时间之后暂停所述UE的第二网络的用户面数据的传输。
可选地，第八消息中还携带UE的第二网络的PDU会话的会话标识和立即暂停指示信息等。
与此同时，第二网络的核心网控制面网元和核心网用户面网元在第一时间或第二时间后仍需要保留UE的上下文。
405、第二网络的核心网控制面网元向第一网络的接入网设备和UE通知所述第二时间信息。
在405的一种实现方式中，第二网络的核心网控制面网元直接向UE发送NAS消息，NAS消息中携带第二时间信息。UE从NAS消息中获取到第二时间信息之后，将第一时间信息、第二时间信息告知第一网络的接入网设备。
在405的另一种实现方式中，第二网络的核心网控制面网元向N3IWF发送第九消息， 第九消息中携带第一时间信息、第二时间信息。N3IWF进而向第一网络的接入网设备通知第一时间信息、第二时间信息。或者，N3IWF获取到第九消息中携带的第二时间信息之后，向UE通知所述第二时间信息。进一步地，再由UE向第一网络的接入网设备通知所述第一时间信息、第二时间信息。
第一网络的接入网设备获知UE第一时间信息之后，根据第一时间信息，在第一时间之后将不再向UE发送第二网络的用户面数据。换句话说，第一网络的接入网设备将到第一时间为止还未发出的所述UE的第二网络的用户面数据进行缓存。
与场景1中的说明类似，如果是在上行传输中，第一网络的接入网设备需要将乱序的上行数据进行缓存，不能直接将乱序的上行数据发送给第二网络的核心网用户面网元，而应将乱序的上行数据回传给第二网络的网元，由第二网络的网元再发送给第二网络的核心网用户面网元。
经过上述步骤401-405，UE在触发从第一网络到第二网络的跨网移动之前，通知了第二网络的网元UE将要触发跨网移动。
经过第一时间之后，UE触发跨网移动。
406、UE从第一网络移动到第二网络，并接入第二网络。
407、UE向第二网络的核心网控制面网元发送NAS消息。所述NAS消息用于通知第二网络的核心网控制面网元准备发送缓存的所述UE的第二网络的用户面数据。
可替换地，步骤407中的NAS消息用于通知第二网络的核心网控制面网元回传UE的第二网络的用户面数据。
408、第二网络的核心网控制面网元从UE接收到NAS消息后，通知第二网络的其它网元(例如，第二网络的核心网控制面网元通知第二网络的接入网设备和第二网络的核心网用户面网元)为UE建立数据回传资源。
409、UE向第一网络的核心网控制面网元发送NAS消息。所述NAS消息用于指示UE接入到第二网络。
应当理解，指示信息可以为显式也可以为隐式。对于隐式指示，例如，第一网络的核心网控制面网元从UE接收到第一条NAS消息，就可以知道UE移动到第二网络。
410、第一网络的核心网控制面网元告知第一网络的接入网设备将缓存的所述UE的第二网络的用户面数据发送给UE。
411、第一网络的核心网控制面网元通知第一网络的其它网元为UE建立数据回传资源。
这里，第一网络的其它网元可以包括：第一网络的核心网用户面网元、第一网络的接入网设备以及第一N3IWF。
412、第一网络的核心网控制面网元通知第一网络的接入网设备发送缓存的所述UE的第二网络的用户面数据。
具体地，第一网络的核心网控制面网元向第一网络的接入网设备发送的第五消息还可以携带如下信息：UE ID(例如，NGAP UE ID)、第二网络的PDU会话标识、DRB ID、QFI等。
413、第一网络的接入网设备将缓存的UE的第二网络的用户面数据向UE发送。
也即，第一网络的RAN向UE回传缓存的UE的第二网络的用户面数据。
第一网络的接入网设备根据从第一网络的核心网控制面网元接收的信息，通过第二网络的网元将缓存的所述UE的第二网络的用户面数据回传给UE。
在以上图4所示的实施例中，UE从第一网络移动到第二网络，并成功接入了第二网络。与上述图3所示的实施例类似，在一些情况下，UE向第二网络的网元通知自己将触发跨网移动之后，第二网络的网元却迟迟未感知到UE已经成功接入第二网络。在这种情况下，第二网络的网元也发起寻找UE的位置的过程，根据寻找的结果作出继续等待UE接入第二网络、恢复UE的第二网络的PDU会话的上下文、继续UE的第二网络的用户面数据传输或者释放UE上下文的等。下面结合图5进行说明。
参见图5，图5是UE进行跨网移动的流程的另一个示例。
501、UE接入第一网络。
可选地，UE可以通过第一网络建立第二网络的PDU会话，或者，UE也可以不建立第二网络的PDU会话。
502、当UE需要从第一网络移动到第二网络时，UE向第二网络的核心网控制面网元发送第六消息。
503、经过第三时间，若UE还未接入到第二网络，第二网络的核心网控制面网元查询UE的位置信息。
在503中，第二网络的核心网控制面网元查询UE的位置信息可以通过多种方式。例如，第二网络的核心网控制面网元可以向第二网络的接入网设备或者N3IWF发送位置上报控制消息，请求查询UE当前的位置信息。
其中，位置上报控制消息中可以携带UE的标识、查询原因或查询类型等信息。
另外，503中的N3IWF可以是第二网络的N3IWF，或者是第一网络的N3IWF，或者是第一网络和第二网络共享的N3IWF，这里不作限定。
相应地，第一网络的接入网设备或N3IWF从第二网络的核心网控制面网元接收到位置上报控制消息之后，向UE发送查询消息。查询消息携带查询原因以及用于询问UE是否移动到第二网络的信息等。
UE向第一网络的接入网设备或者N3IWF反馈自己的位置信息。所述位置信息可以包括如下一项或多项：UE所在网络的标识、UE所在的小区的小区标识、跟踪区信息以及UE出现在相应位置的时间戳等。此外，UE还可以告知第一网络的接入网设备或者N3IWF是否已经移动到第二网络。
第一网络的接入网设备或者N3IWF向第二网络的核心网控制面网元发送UE的位置，并告知UE是否已经移动到第二网络。
504、第二网络的核心网控制面网元根据UE当前的位置信息，对UE的跨网移动进行管理。
和场景1中类似，第二网络的核心网控制面网元根据UE的当前位置的不同情况，做出不同的处理。
在一种可能的情况下，UE仍然位于第一网络的源小区，或者切换到第一网络的其它小区。
此种情况下，在一种实现方式中，第二网络的核心网控制面网元通过NG接口向第一网络的接入网设备询问UE是否还要进行跨网移动。第一网络的接入网设备通过RRC消 息询问UE是否还要进行跨网移动。UE通过RRC消息向第一网络的接入网设备反馈自己是否还要进行跨网移动。进一步地，第一网络的接入网设备通过NG接口向第二网络的核心网控制面网元转发UE的反馈。在另一种实现方式中，第二网络的核心网控制面网元通过NAS消息直接询问UE是否还要进行跨网移动。相应地，UE直接通过NAS消息向第二网络的核心网控制面网元反馈自己是否还要进行跨网移动。
如果UE还要进行跨网移动，UE向第一网络的接入网设备发送RRC消息，RRC消息中携带第四时间信息。第一网络的接入网设备通过NG接口将所述第四时间信息反馈给第二网络的核心网控制面网元。或者，UE向第二网络的核心网控制面网元发送NAS消息，NAS消息中携带第四时间信息。其中，第四时间信息用于指示UE经过第四时间之后进行跨网移动。可选地，第四时间可以和上文的第一时间相等。例如，第四时间信息指示的第四时间可以如上文的time1。
可以理解的是，第二网络的核心网控制面网元获知UE还要进行跨网移动之后，继续等待UE接入第二网络。
可选地，UE向第二网络的核心网控制面网元反馈取消跨网移动。
此种情况下，如果UE还位于第一网络的源小区，第二网络的核心网控制面网元通知第一网络的核心网用户面网元恢复UE上下文和UE的第二网络的用户面数据的传输，并告知第一网络的核心网用户面网元需要恢复的UE的第二网络的PDU会话的会话标识、恢复数据传输的原因(例如，未跨网移动)以及是否立即恢复传输等信息。
此外，第二网络的核心网控制面网元还需要通知N3IWF恢复UE上下文和相应的PDU会话的用户面数据的传输，并告知恢复数据传输的原因(例如，未跨网移动)以及是否立即恢复传输等。
进一步地，N3IWF告知第一网络的接入网设备恢复UE上下文和UE的第二网络的PDU会话的用户面数据的传输。或者，N3IWF通过NAS消息(通过N1接口)通知UE恢复上下文和UE的第二网络的PDU会话的用户面数据传输。进而，UE通过RRC消息通知第一网络的接入网设备恢复UE上下文和UE的第二网络的PDU会话的用户面数据传输。
在另一种可能的情况下，UE仍然位于第一网络，但是UE切换到了第一网络的其它小区。
此种情况下，第二网络的核心网控制面网元通知N3IWF为UE重新配置PDU会话资源。N3IWF再通知第一网络的接入网设备为UE重新配置PDU会话资源。例如，第一网络的接入网设备为UE重新配置PDU会话资源、重建DRB和SRB等。
在再一种可能的情况下，第二网络的核心网控制面网元未找到UE。
此种情况下，第二网络的核心网控制面网元向N3IWF发送位置上报控制消息，以请求询问UE的位置信息。N3IWF向第一网络的核心网控制面网元发送位置上报控制，请求查询UE的位置信息。
第一网络的核心网控制面网元在第一网络发起对UE的寻呼。根据寻呼结果，第一网络的核心网控制面网元向N3IWF上报UE的位置信息，并告知UE是否已经移动到第二网络。进一步地，N3IWF向第二网络的核心网控制面网元上报UE的位置信息，并告知UE是否已经移动到第二网络。
如果UE位于第一网络的其它RAN下，则对UE执行网内切换。这里，网内切换可以是基于NG接口的切换，也可以是基于Xn接口的切换。
如果UE已经移动到第二网络，第二网络的核心网控制面网元继续等待。例如，等待为UE建立第二网络的PDU会话的用户面数据的回传隧道等。
如果寻呼失败，未找到UE，第二网络的核心网控制面网元通过第一网络的网元在第一网络发起对UE的寻呼。如果查询到UE仍然位于第一网络，第二网络的核心网控制面网元继续等待。如果在第二网络仍然未找到UE，第二网络的核心网控制面网元继续等待一段时间。一段时间之后，第二网络的核心网控制面网元通知第一网络的接入网设备和第二网络的核心网用户面网元释放UE上下文。
以上对场景2中UE从第一网络向第二网络的进行跨网移动的流程进行了详细说明。
下面对上文介绍的场景1和场景2中UE进行跨网移动的流程进行举例说明。
本申请中，以AMF作为核心网控制面网元的示例，UPF作为核心网用户面网元的示例。
为了描述上的方便，以下各实施例中将第一网络中的AMF称为第一AMF，第一网络的UPF称为第一UPF，第一网络的接入网设备称为第一接入网设备，第一网络中的N3IWF称为第一N3IWF。将第二网络中的AMF称为第二AMF，第二网络的UPF称为第二UPF，第二网络中的接入网设备称为第二接入网设备，第二网络中的N3IWF称为第二N3IWF。
另外，以下实施例中，以第一网络为NPN、第二网络为PLMN为例进行说明。此外，以下实施例以UE的跨网小区重选作为示例进行说明。
需要说明的是，当UE从PLMN向NPN进行跨网移动的过程也是类似，本领域技术人员根据本申请提供的UE从NPN重选到PLMN的流程，能够知道从PLMN重选到NPN如何执行。为了避免描述上的累赘，不作详细说明。
参见图6，图6是UE从NPN向PLMN进行跨网小区重选的一个示例。
应当理解，本申请中的小区重选与传统的空闲态UE进行小区重选不同，而是连接态的UE自主决定进行跨网小区“切换”，但也非网络侧控制进行的小区“切换”，也可为其他术语，例如，跨网自切换。
601、UE通过NPN建立NPN的PDU会话。
以下将NPN的PDU会话称为NPN PDU会话。假设UE建立的NPN PDU会话的会话标识为NPN PDU ID1。
602、UE需要从NPN重选到PLMN时，UE向NPN-RAN发送RRC信令，RRC信令用于通知UE将要进行跨网小区重选。
其中，RRC信令中可以携带重选原因或第一时间信息。
可选地，RRC信令还可以包括UE所要重选到的PLMN的标识(以下记作PLMN ID),TAC,PLMN NG-RAN Cell ID，UE ID，PLMN NG-RAN Node ID等信息。
可选地，RRC信令还可以携带UE重选到PLMN之后所要连接的NPN-N3IWF的信息。例如，NPN-N3IWF IP地址。
在另一种实现方式中，UE还可以通过NAS信息直接告知NPN-AMF自己将要跨网小区重选。NAS消息也将携带上述信息，不再赘述。其中，这里的NAS消息可以是第一消息的 一个示例。
其中，RRC信令或NAS消息中携带的UE ID可以由NGAP UE ID指示。
603、NPN-RAN通过NG接口信令通知NPN-AMF其下的UE将要跨网小区重选，并将602中接收的所述信息告知NPN-AMF。
应理解，603中，NPN-RAN通过NG口发送的用于通知NPN-AMF其下的UE将要跨网小区重选的消息可以是第一消息的另一个示例。
604、NPN-AMF向NPN-UPF发送暂停传输消息，告知NPN-UPF暂停传输UE的NPN PDU ID1的用户面数据的传输。
应理解，“暂停”是因为在UE进行跨网移动的期间，将到第一时间为止还未发出的数据进行缓存。在UE接入到第二网络之后，需要将缓存的数据继续发送给UE。
可选地，本文中的“暂停”也可以表述为“停止”。但是同样地，“停止”表示在UE进行跨网移动期间的停止。
这里，暂停传输消息可以是上文的第二消息的一个例子。
其中，暂停传输消息中包括：NPN PDU会话ID(这里具体为NPN PDU ID1)，time1，暂停NPN PDU ID1的用户面数据传输的原因，是否立刻暂停标识或临近指示信息。time1在图中表示为时间1。
605、NPN-UPF通知NPN-AMF将在time 2之后暂停UE的NPN PDU ID1的用户面数据的传输。
其中，time2在图中表示为时间2。此外，NPN-UPF发送给NPN-AMF的消息中可以携带时间2、NPN PDU会话ID或立即暂停指示信息。
此外，NPN-UPF要保留NPN PDU ID1标识的NPN PDU会话一段时间。
步骤605中NPN-UPF向NPN-AMF发送的消息是第三消息的一个示例。
606、NPN-AMF通过NG接口告知NPN-RAN其下的UE的NPN PDU ID1的PDU会话的数据将在time2之后暂停传输。
同时，NPN-AMF向NPN-RAN告知UE ID(例如，NG UE ID)、NPN PDU会话的标识(具体为NPN PDU ID1)、暂停传输的原因(例如，跨网小区重选)等。
此外，之后NPN-AMF保存UE上下文一段时间。
其中，步骤606中NPN-AMF通过NG口向NPN-RAN发送的消息是第四消息的一个示例。
607、NPN-RAN告知UE其NPN PDU ID 1的用户面数据将在time2之后被暂停传输。
此外，NPN-RAN保存UE上下文一段时间，并将到time1为止还未发出的所述NPN PDU ID1所标识的NPN PDU会话的用户面数据缓存。
608、UE从NPN重选到PLMN。
609、UE在PLMN下通过N1_NPN接口发送NAS消息告知NPN-AMF进行NPN PDU ID1的用户面数据回传。
NPN-AMF接收到UE的NAS消息后告知其它网元(例如，NPN-UPF，NPN-N3IWF，NPN-RAN)为UE建立数据回传资源。
610、NPN-AMF通过NG口消息告知NPN-RAN将缓存的所述NPN PDU ID1所标识的NPN PDU会话的用户面数据回传给UE。
具体地，NPN-AMF向NPN-RAN告知UE ID(例如，NGAP UE ID)以及NPN PDU会话标识(这里具体为NPN PDU ID1)、QFI或DRB ID等。
其中，步骤610中的NG口消息是第五消息的一个示例。
611、NPN-RAN将缓存的UE的NPN PDU会话的用户面数据发送给UE。
图6示出了UE成功重选到PLMN的流程。在一些情况下，UE告知NPN-AMF将进行跨网小区重选之后，UE未重选到PLMN，NPN-AMF发起寻找UE位置信息的过程，或者作出继续等待UE接入、恢复UE的NPN PDU会话的上下文、继续所述UE的NPN PDU会话的用户面数据传输、释放UE上下文等决定。参见图7所示。
参见图7，图7是UE未重选到第二网络的情况下网络设备的处理流程的一个示例。
701、UE通过NPN建立了NPN的PDU会话。
以下将NPN的PDU会话称为NPN PDU会话。假设NPN PDU会话标识为NPN PDU ID1。
702、UE需要从NPN重选到PLMN时，向NPN-AMF发送重选通知。
如图6所示的跨网小区重选过程，UE在重选之前告知NPN-AMF UE将要进行跨网小区重选。经过一段时间(例如，time3)之后，如果NPN-AMF还未直接或者间接感知到UE接入PLMN，例如，NPN-AMF未接收到来自UE的用于请求重新建立PDU会话的N1_NPN NAS消息，NPN-AMF则执行如下流程。
703、经过第三时间，若NPN-AMF还未感知到UE接入PLMN，NPN-AMF查询UE的位置信息。
为了上文的时间1、时间2区分，第三时间可以为时间3。
1a、NPN-AMF发送位置上报控制(location reporting control)消息向NPN-RAN询问UE的位置信息。
位置上报控制消息中携带UE ID(例如，NGAP UE ID)、UE IP地址、查询原因(例如，询问UE是否已经完成重选)。
1b、NPN-AMF发送位置上报控制消息向N3IWF询问UE的位置信息。
位置上报控制消息中携带UE ID(例如，UE IP地址或NGAP UE ID)、查询原因(例如，询问UE是否已经完成重选)。
应理解，上述1a和1b分别表示NPN-AMF查询UE的位置信息的两种方式。
2a、NPN-RAN向NPN-AMF上报UE的位置信息，并告知NPN-AMF UE是否已经完成跨网小区重选。
这里，UE的位置信息例如可以包括如下信息：UE所在网络(例如，PLMN ID或NPN ID)、UE所在小区或者跟踪区信息(例如，NPN CGI，NPN TAI，PLMN CGI，PLMN TAI)，以及UE出现在相应位置的时间戳等。
2b、N3IWF向NPN-AMF上报UE的位置信息，并告知NPN-AMF是否已经完成跨网小区重选。
这里UE的位置信息可以参见2a中所述，不再赘述。
应理解，2a对应703中的1a，2b对应于703中的1b。
在703中，如果NPN-AMF采用1a的方式查询UE的位置信息，NPN-AMF则通过2a方式获得UE的位置报告。如果NPN-AMF采用1b的方式查询UE的位置信息， NPN-AMF则通过2b方式获得UE的位置报告。
704、NPN-AMF根据UE的位置信息，对UE进行跨网小区重选的管理。
根据UE的位置信息，以下分为3a，3b，3c和3d几种情况分别进行说明。
3a、若UE还在NPN，例如，UE位于NPN的源小区，或者切换到NPN的其它小区。
3a.1、NPN-AMF通过NG接口向NPN-RAN询问UE是否还要进行跨网小区重选。
3a.2、NPN-RAN通过RRC消息询问UE。
可选地，NPN-AMF也可以通过NAS信息直接向UE询问是否还要进行跨网小区重选。
3a.3、UE通过RRC消息向NPN-RAN反馈是否还要跨网小区重选具体地，UE可以通过指示标识进行指示。例如，0标识不要重选，1表示要重选。
如果UE还将要进行重选，如上述实施例所述，UE向NPN-RAN反馈time1。
3a.4、NPN-RAN通过NG接口将步骤3a.3中从UE接收到的信息向NPN-AMF进行转发。
可选地，UE也可以通过NAS信息直接向NPN-AMF反馈是否还要重选。
(1)若UE要重选，NPN-AMF继续等待UE接入PLMN。
(2)若UE取消重选，需要区分UE位于NPN的源小区或是切换到其它小区。
若UE还位于NPN的源小区，NPN-AMF执行3a.5和3a.6。
3a.5、NPN-AMF告知NPN-UPF恢复UE上下文和NPN PDU ID1的用户面数据传输，并告知恢复传输的原因(例如，未跨网小区重选)以及是否立刻恢复数据传输。
3a.6、NPN-AMF告知NPN-RAN恢复UE上下文和NPN PDU ID1的用户面数据传输，并告知恢复传输的原因以及是否立刻恢复数据传输。
若UE已经切换到了源NPN-RAN的其它小区，NPN-AMF执行3a.7。
3a.7、NPN-AMF发起为UE重新配置PDU会话资源。
例如，PN-AMF告知NPN-RAN为UE重新配置资源。进而，NPN-RAN重建DRB，SRB等。
3b、若UE已经切换到PLMN，NPN-AMF继续等待。
例如，NPN-AMF等待为UE建立NPN PDU会话的用户面数据回传隧道等。
3c、若未找到UE，NPN-AMF通知NPN或者PLMN的其它网元发起寻呼。
若UE在源NPN除外的其它NPN-RAN下，则对UE执行基于NG或者基于Xn的网内切换。
若寻呼到UE已经在PLMN，NPN-AMF继续等待。例如，等待为UE建立NPN PDU会话的用户面数据回传隧道等。
若寻呼失败，未找到UE，则NPN-AMF继等待一段时间。一段时间之后，NPN-AMF通知NPN-RAN和NPN-UPF等网元释放UE上下文。
UE在NPN网和PLMN间进行跨网小区重选，UE从源网络重选到目标网络之前，告知网络侧其将进行跨网小区重选后，网络侧迟迟未感知到UE接入目标网络，网络侧查询UE的位置信息，进而根据UE的位置作出继续等待UE接入目标网络，或者恢复UE在源网络的PDU会话的上下文、释放UE上下文等决定。
参见图8，图8是UE从NPN向PLMN进行跨网小区重选的另一个示例。
801、UE通过NPN建立了PLMN的PDU会话。
为了便于描述，以下将PLMN的PDU会话称为PLMN PDU会话。假设PLMN PDU会话的标识为PLMN PDU ID1。
802、UE需要从NPN重选到PLMN时，UE通过N1_PLMN NAS消息告知PLMN-AMF自己将要进行跨网小区重选。
应当理解，此处，小区重选与传统的空闲态UE进行小区重选不同，而是连接态的UE自主决定进行跨网小区“切换”，但也非网络侧控制进行的小区“切换”，也可为其他术语，例如，跨网自切换。
这里，N1_PLMN NAS消息可以是第六消息的一个示例。
其中，NAS消息中可以携带第一时间信息和重选原因。其中，第一时间信息用于告知PLMN-AMF其大概将在多长时间之后触发重选。第一时间信息以信元time 1指示。
此外，NAS消息中还可以携带UE所要重选到的PLMN的PLMN ID、重选到的小区或跟踪区信息，例如，TAC、PLMN NG-RAN Cell ID、UE ID、PLMN NG-RAN Node ID等信息。此外，还可以包括UE重选到PLMN之后所要连接的NPN-N3IWF的信息，例如NPN-N3IWF的IP地址。同时，UE告知PLMN-AMF其大概将在多少时间后触发切换，时间以信元time 1指示。
803、PLMN-AMF向PLMN-UPF发送暂停传输消息。用于指示PLMN-RAN暂停传输UE的有关PDU会话的用户面数据传输。
这里，暂停传输消息可以是第七消息的一个示例。
其中，暂停传输消息中携带需要暂停用户面数据传输的PDU会话标识(这里具体为PLMN PDU ID1)、暂停数据传输的原因以及是否立刻暂停指示信息。
804、PLMN-UPF向PLMN-AMF回复暂停传输消息的响应消息。
暂停传输消息的响应消息可以是第八消息的一个示例。
其中，响应消息中携带第二时间信息。第二时间信息用于指示PLMN-UPF将在第二时间之后暂停PLMN PDU ID1所标识的PLMN PDU会话的用户面数据的传输。第二时间可以用信元time2来标识。
可选地，响应消息中还可以携带是否立即暂停数据传输的指示信息。
此外，PLMN-UPF保留UE的PLMN PDU ID1对应的会话一段时间。
805、PLMN-AMF通过N1_PLMN接口发送NAS消息告知UE PLMN PDU会话的用户面数据将在Time 2之后被暂停传输。
同时，PLMN-AMF还可以告知暂停数据传输的原因，例如，跨网小区重选。
806、UE通过RRC消息告知NPN-RAN相应PLMN PDU会话的用户面数据将在第二时间之后被暂停传输。同时，UE告知NPN-RAN暂停数据传输的原因。
或者，UE可以先通过NAS消息将上述信息告知NPN-AMF，NPN-AMF再通过NPN NG接口将上述信息告知NPN-RAN。
之后NPN-RAN缓存到time1为止还未发出的所述PLMN PDU ID1所标识的PLMN PDU会话的用户面数据，并保存UE上下文一段时间。
807、PLMN-AMF告知PLMN-N3IWF其下的UE的PDU会话的用户面数据将在第二时间之后被暂停传输。
同时，PLMN-AMF告知PLMN-N3IWF暂停传输的原因。
此外，PLMN-AMF和PLMN-N3IWF保存UE上下文一段时间。
808、UE重选到PLMN。
809、UE在PLMN下通过N1_PLMN接口发送NAS消息告知PLMN-AMF进行PLMN PDU会话的用户面数据回传。
PLMN-AMF从UE接收到NAS消息之后告知PLMN的其它网元(例如，PLMN-UPF、PLMN-RAN)为UE建立数据回传资源。
810、UE在PLMN下通过N1_NPN接口发送NAS消息告知NPN-AMF进行PLMN PDU会话的用户面数据回传。
NPN-AMF从UE接收到NAS消息之后告知NPN的其它网元(例如，NPN-UPF，NPN-N3IWF，NPN-RAN)为UE建立数据回传资源。
811、NPN-AMF通知NPN-RAN将缓存的所述PLMN PDU ID1所标识的PLMN PDU会话的用户面数据回传给UE。
这里，需要回传的UE的PLMN PDU会话的用户面数据以PLMN PDU会话ID(这里具体为PLMN PDU ID1)、DRB ID、QFI等进行标识。
812、NPN-RAN将缓存的PLMN PDU会话的用户面数据回传给UE。
NPN-RAN向UE回传数据可以参见图8中步骤812下面的虚线所示。NPN-RAN将缓存的UE的PLMN PDU会话的用户面数据通过PLMN的网元回传给UE。
在一些情况下，UE告知PLMN-AMF将进行跨网小区重选之后，UE未重选到PLMN。此时，PLMN-AMF发起查询UE的位置信息的过程，进而根据UE的位置信息作出继续等待UE接入、恢复UE的PLMN PDU会话的上下文、继续PLMN PDU会话的用户面数据传输、释放UE上下文等决定。参见图9所示。
参见图9，图9是UE未重选到第二网络的情况下网络设备的处理流程的另一个示例。
901、UE通过NPN建立PLMN PDU会话。
假设PLMN PDU会话标识为PLMN PDU ID1。
902、UE需要从NPN重选到PLMN时，向PLMN-AMF发送重选通知。
903、经过第三时间，若PLMN-AMF还未感知到UE接入PLMN，PLMN-AMF查询UE的位置信息。
如图8所示的实施例，UE在跨网小区重选之前告知PLMN-AMF自己将要进行跨网小区重选。经过一段时间(例如，time3)之后，PLMN-AMF还未直接或者间接感知到UE接入PLMN。例如，PLMN-AMF未接收到来自UE的用于请求重建PLMN PDU会话的请求消息。该请求消息可以为N1_PLMN NAS消息。在这种情况下，PLMN-AMF查询UE的位置信息。
可选地，PLMN-AMF可以有多种方式查询UE的位置信息。
在一种实现方式中，PLMN-AMF通过N3IWF查询UE的位置信息。
1a.1、PLMN-AMF向N3IWF发送位置上报控制。
1a.2、N3IWF查询UE是否还要进行重选。
1a.3、UE向N3IWF反馈UE的位置信息。
可选地，UE向PLMN-RAN反馈UE的位置信息。PLMN-RAN向N3IWF转发UE的位置信息。
1a.4、N3IWF向PLMN-AMF发送位置报告。
在另一种实现方式中，PLMN-AMF直接向UE发送位置上报控制。
2a.1、PLMN-AMF通过N1_PLMN-NAS消息向UE发送位置上报控制。
2a.2、UE通过N1_PLMN-NAS消息向PLMN-AMF发送位置报告。
在上述任一实现方式中，位置上报控制消息中携带UE ID(例如，NGAP UE ID或UE IP地址)、查询原因(例如，询问UE是否已经重选)。
另外，PLMN-AMF可以根据图8中所示的步骤803中UE在触发重选之前告知PLMN-AMF的信息，例如，UE重选之后的PLMN NG-RAN Cell ID、PLMN NG-RAN Node ID等信息，寻找到PLMN-RAN。
可选地，N3IWF可以为UE在NPN中触发重选之前所连接的NPN-N3IWF，也可以为重选到的PLMN的N3IWF，还可以为源NPN和目标PLMN共享的N3IWF。
904、PLMN-AMF根据UE的位置信息，对UE的跨网小区重选进行管理。
根据UE的位置信息，以下分为5a，5b，5c和5d几种情况分别进行说明。
5a、UE已经重选到PLMN。
此种情况下，PLMN-AMF继续等待。例如，PLMN-AMF继续等待为UE建立PLMN PDU会话(用PLMN PDU ID1标识)的用户面数据回传隧道等。
5b、UE未进行重选。
在一种可能的情况中，UE还位于源NPN，例如，位于源小区或者切换到源NPN的其它小区。
5b.1、PLMN-AMF也可以通过NAS信息直接向UE询问是否还要重选。
5b.2、UE通过NAS消息向PLMN-AMF反馈是否还要重选。
可选地，PLMN-AMF通过NG接口向NPN-RAN询问UE是否还要进行跨网小区重选。NPN-RAN询问UE是否还要重选。UE通过RRC消息向NPN-RAN反馈是否还要重选。
在一种实现方式中，UE通过指示标识指示其是否还要重选。例如，0表示不重选，1表示要重选。
(1)根据UE的反馈，若UE要跨网小区重选，PLMN-AMF按照图8中所示的流程执行跨网小区重选的后续步骤。
(2)若UE不进行跨网小区重选，PLMN-AMF执行如下流程。
若UE还在源小区，PLMN-AMF告知NPN-UPF恢复UE上下文和PLMN PDU会话(通过PLMN PDU ID1标识)的用户面数据传输，并告知恢复传输的原因以及是否立刻恢复传输。
此外，PLMN-AMF告知N3IWF恢复UE上下文和PLMN PDU会话(用PLMN PDU ID1进行标识)的用户面数据传输，并告知恢复传输的原因以及是否立刻恢复传输。进而，N3IWF通知NPN-RAN等网元恢复UE上下文和PLMN PDU会话(用PLMN PDU ID1进行标识)的用户面数据传输。或者N3IWF首先通过N1NAS消息告知UE恢复上下文和PLMN PDU会话(用PLMN PDU ID1进行标识)的用户面数据传输。UE进而通过RRC消息通知NPN-RAN等网元恢复UE上下文和PLMN PDU会话(用PLMN PDU ID1标识)的用户面数据传输。如图9中的2-1和2-2所示。
若UE已经切换到了源NPN-RAN的其它小区，PLMN-AMF发起为UE重新配置PDU 会话资源的流程。
例如，PLMN-AMF通知N3IWF为UE重新配置PLMN PDU会话资源，N3IWF进而告知NPN-RAN为UE重新配置资源，并重建PLMN DRB、SRB等。
5c、PLMN-AMF没找到UE。
这种情况下，PLMN-AMF继续执行如下流程。
5c.1、PLMN-AMF向N3IWF发送位置上报控制消息，请求查询UE的位置信息。
这里，N3IWF可以为UE在NPN中触发重选之前所连接的N3IWF，也可以为UE所要重选到的PLMN的N3IWF(也即，PLMN-N3IWF)，还可以为NPN和PLMN共享的N3IWF。
其中，上报控制消息中携带UE ID(例如，UE IP地址或者NGAP UE ID)和查询原因(例如，查询UE是否已经完成重选)。
5c.2、N3IWF向NPN-AMF发送位置上报控制消息，请求询问UE的位置信息。
5c.3、NPN-AMF在NPN中发起对UE的寻呼。
5c.4、NPN-AMF向N3IWF上报UE的位置信息，并告知N3IWF UE是否已经触发了跨网小区重选。
5c.5、N3IWF向PLMN-AMF上报UE的位置信息，并告知PLMN-AMF UE是否触发跨网小区重选。
在一种可能的情况下，PLMN-AMF未找到UE。
此种情况下，PLMN-AMF执行5c.6。
5c.6、PLMN-AMF通知PLMN的其它网元在PLMN发起对UE的寻呼。
若UE在其它NPN-RAN下，则对UE进行网内切换。
若寻呼到UE已经在PLMN中，NPN-AMF继续等待，例如，等待为UE建立PLMN PDU会话用户面数据回传隧道等。
若寻呼失败，依然未找到UE，则NPN-AMF继续等待一段时间。一段时间之后，NPN-AMF通知NPN-RAN和NPN-UPF等网元释放UE上下文。
需要说明的是，上述步骤5c.1-5c.6是PLMN-AMF通过NPN的网元，在NPN发起对UE的寻呼，如果没有找到UE，在5c.6，又在PLMN发起对UE的寻呼。本申请并不限定在PLMN和NPN中寻呼UE的先后顺序，这里仅是作为示例。例如，在5c中，如果未找到UE，PLMN-AMF也可以先在PLMN发起对UE的寻呼，如果没有找到UE，再在NPN发起对UE的寻呼。
以上对本申请提供的在NPN独立组网架构下，UE在进行跨网小区重选过程中的传输数据的方法进行了详细介绍。概括地说，本申请提出UE在NPN和PLMN之间进行跨网小区重选时切换时，UE预先通知网络侧UE将触发跨网小区重选，从而网络侧暂停UE的用户面数据传输，以减少UE在进行跨网重选期间引起的空口丢包。
另外，由于网络侧根据UE重选通知，将UE触发重选之前还未发出的数据缓存下来，在UE成功重选到目标网络之后，再回传给UE，可以降低数据的回传量。
或者，在UE未按计划进行跨网小区重选的情况下，网络侧作出及时恢复UE的PDU会话的用户面数据的传输，或者继续等待UE接入目标网络等处理，从而为UE在PLMN和NPN之间进行跨网重选未完成的情况下，提供了网络侧的处理方案。
以上对本申请提供的方法进行了详细介绍。下面介绍本申请提供的通信装置。
参见图10，图10为本申请提供的通信装置1000的示意性框图。参见图10所示，通信装置1000包括接收单元1100和发送单元1200。
接收单元1100，用于接收第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示终端设备将从所述第一网络移动到第二网络，其中，所述第一网络为公共网络、所述第二网络为非公共网络，或者所述第一网络为非公共网络、所述第二网络为公共网络；
发送单元1200，用于向第一网络的核心网用户面网元发送第二消息，所述第二消息用于指示所述第一网络的核心网用户面网元暂停所述终端设备的所述第一网络的用户面数据的传输。
可选地，接收单元1100和发送单元1200也可以集成为一个收发单元，同时具备接收和发送的功能，这里不作限定。
可选地，在一个实施例中，接收单元1100，还用于从所述第一网络的核心网用户面网元接收第三消息，所述第三消息中携带第二时间信息，所述第二时间信息用于指示所述第一网络的核心网用户面网元将在第二时间之后暂停所述终端设备的所述第一网络的用户面数据的传输。进一步地，通信装置1000还包括处理单元1300，处理单元1300用于在所述第一时间或所述第二时间之后仍然保留所述终端设备的所述第一网络的上下文。
可选地，在一个实施例中，接收单元1100是从所述第一网络的接入网设备接收所述第一消息的，以及，所述发送单元1200，还用于向所述第一网络的接入网设备发送第四消息，所述第四消息携带所述第二时间信息，所述第四消息用于告知所述第一网络的接入网设备所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元在第二时间之后暂停所述终端设备的所述第一网络的用户面数据的传输。
可选地，在一个实施例中，接收单元1100是从所述终端设备接收所述第一消息的，所述发送单元1200还用于向所述第一接入网设备发送第四消息，所述第四消息携带如下信息：所述第二时间信息、所述第一时间信息、所述原因、所述立即暂停指示信息和所述临近指示信息。
可选地，在一个实施例中，接收单元1100，还用于从所述终端设备接收NAS消息，所述NAS消息用于指示所述终端设备已经接入所述第二网络；以及，发送单元1200，还用于向所述第一网络的接入网设备发送第五消息，所述第五消息用于指示所述第一接入网设备发送缓存的所述终端设备的所述第一网络的用户面数据。
可选地，在一个实施例中，处理单元1300，用于经过第三时间之后，确定所述终端设备是否接入到所述第二网络，并在确定所述终端设备未接入所述第二网络的情况下，查询所述终端设备的位置信息，并根据所述终端设备的位置信息，对所述终端设备进行跨网移动的管理。
可选地，在一个实施例中，处理单元1300，还用于在确定终端设备位于所述第一网络的源小区或其它小区的情况下，询问所述终端设备是否还要进行跨网移动，并根据询问结果，执行如下至少一种操作：
若确定所述终端设备还要进行跨网移动，继续等待所述终端设备接入所述第二网络；或者，
若确定所述终端设备取消跨网移动，且所述终端设备当前位于源小区，发送单元1200 还用于通知所述第一网络的核心网用户面网元和所述第一网络的接入网设备恢复所述终端设备的所述第一网络的用户面数据的传输；或者，
若确定所述终端设备取消跨网移动，且所述终端设备当前位于所述第一网络的其它小区，处理单元1300还用于为所述终端设备重新配置PDU会话资源。
可选地，在一个实施例中，处理单元1300，还用于在确定所述终端设备已经重新接入到所述第二网络的情况下，继续等待。
可选地，在一个实施例中，处理单元1300在未查询到所述终端设备的情况下，发送单元1200还用于通知所述第二网络的网元在所述第二网络发起对所述终端设备的寻呼，并根据寻呼结果执行如下至少一种操作：
若寻呼到所述终端设备已经移动到所述第二网络，处理单元1300还用于等待所述终端设备接入所述第二网络；或者，
若在所述第二网络未寻呼到所述终端设备，处理单元1300在所述第一网络寻呼所述终端设备，如果在所述第一网络仍未寻呼到所述终端设备，所述处理单元1300等待一段时间之后，释放所述终端设备的上下文，发送单元1200还用于通知所述第一网络的接入网设备和所述第一网络的核心网用户面网元释放所述终端设备的所述第一网络的PDU会话的上下文。
可选地，在一个实施例中，发送单元1200，还用于向N3IWF、所述第一网络的接入网设备或所述第二网络的接入网设备发送位置上报控制消息，所述位置上报控制消息用于询问所述终端设备的位置信息；
以及，接收单元1100，还用于从所述N3IWF、所述第一网络的接入网设备或所述第二网络的接入网设备接收位置报告，所述位置报告携带所述终端设备的位置信息。
可选地，在一个实施例中，发送单元1200，还用于向所述第一网络的核心网用户面网元和所述第一网络的接入网设备发送恢复消息，所述恢复消息中携带如下信息的一项或多项：所述终端设备的所述第一网络的PDU会话的会话标识、所述终端设备的设备标识、恢复传输的原因以及是否立即恢复传输的指示信息。
在一种实现方式中，通信装置1000可以为方法实施例中的第一网络的核心网控制面网元。在这种实现方式中，接收单元1100可以为接收器，发送单元1200可以为发射器。接收器和发射器也可以集成为一个收发器。处理单元1300可以为处理装置。
在另一种实现方式中，通信装置1000可以为安装在第一网络的核心网控制面网元中的芯片或集成电路。在这种实现方式中，接收单元1100和发送单元1200可以为通信接口。例如，接收单元1100为输入接口或输入电路，发送单元1200为输出接口或输出电路。处理单元1300可以为处理装置。
这里，处理装置的功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。例如，处理装置可以包括存储器和处理器，其中，存储器用于存储计算机程序，处理器读取并执行存储器中存储的计算机程序，使得通信装置1000执行各方法实施例中由第一网络的核心网控制面网元执行的操作和/或处理。可选地，处理装置可以仅包括处理器，用于存储计算机程序的存储器位于处理装置之外。处理器通过电路/电线与存储器连接，以读取并执行存储器中存储的计算机程序。
参见图11，图11为本申请提供的通信装置2000的示意性框图。参见图11所示，通 信装置2000包括接收单元2100和发送单元2200。
接收单元2100，用于从终端设备接收第一RRC消息，所述第一RRC消息用于指示所述终端设备将从所述第一网络移动到第二网络，其中，所述第一网络为公共网络、所述第二网络为非公共网络，或者所述第一网络为非公共网络、所述第二网络为公共网络；
发送单元2200，用于向所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元所述终端设备将从所述第一网络移动到所述第二网络。
可选地，接收单元2100和发送单元2200也可以集成为一个收发单元，同时具备接收和发送的功能，这里不作限定。
可选地，在一个实施例中，接收单元2100，还用于从所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元接收第四消息，所述第四消息中携带第二时间信息，所述第二时间信息用于指示第一网络的核心网用户面网元将在第二时间之后暂停所述终端设备的所述第一网络的用户面数据的传输。
可选地，在一个实施例中，发送单元2200，还用于向所述终端发送第二RRC消息，所述第二RRC消息携带第二时间信息，所述第二时间信息用于指示所述第一网络的核心网用户面网元将在第二时间之后暂停所述终端设备的所述第一网络的用户面数据的传输。进一步地，通信装置2000还包括处理单元2300，用于在所述第一时间或所述第二时间之后仍然保留所述终端设备的所述第一网络的上下文。
可选地，在一个实施例中，接收单元2100，还用于从所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元接收第五消息，所述第五消息用于指示所述第一网络的接入网设备发送缓存的所述终端设备的所述第一网络的用户面数据。
可选地，在一个实施例中，处理单元2300，用于根据接收单元2100接收到的第一时间信息，指示所述发送单元2200在第一时间之后不再向终端设备发送数据。以及，处理单元2300，还用于在确定接收单元2100接收到来自所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元的恢复所述终端设备的所述第一网络的用户面数据的传输的通知后，恢复所述终端设备的所述第一网络的上下文，并控制发送单元2200向终端设备发送第三RRC消息，所述第三RRC消息用于告知终端设备恢复所述第一网络的上下文，所述第三RRC消息中携带如下信息的一项或多项：所述终端设备的所述第一网络的PDU会话的会话标识、所述终端设备的设备标识、恢复传输的原因以及是否立即恢复传输的指示信息。
在一种实现方式中，通信装置2000可以为方法实施例中的第一网络的核心网控制面网元。在这种实现方式中，接收单元2100可以为接收器，发送单元2200可以为发射器。接收器和发射器也可以集成为一个收发器。处理单元2300可以为处理装置。
在另一种实现方式中，通信装置2000可以为安装在第一网络的接入网设备中的芯片或集成电路。在这种实现方式中，接收单元2100和发送单元2200可以为通信接口。例如，接收单元2100为输入接口或输入电路，发送单元2200为输出接口或输出电路。处理单元2300可以为处理装置。
这里，处理装置的功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。例如，处理装置可以包括存储器和处理器，其中，存储器用于存储计算机程序，处理器读取并执行存储器中存储的计算机程序，使得通信装置2000执行各方法实施例中由第一网络 的接入网设备执行的操作和/或处理。可选地，处理装置可以仅包括处理器，用于存储计算机程序的存储器位于处理装置之外。处理器通过电路/电线与存储器连接，以读取并执行存储器中存储的计算机程序。
参见图12，图12为本申请提供的通信装置3000的示意性框图。参见图12，通信装置3000包括接收单元3100和发送单元3200。
接收单元3100，用于从所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元接收第二消息，所述第二消息用于指示所述通信装置3000暂停终端设备的第一网络的用户面数据的传输；
发送单元3200，用于向所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元发送第三消息，所述第三消息用于指示所述通信装置3000将暂停所述终端设备的所述第一网络用户面数据的传输。
可选地，接收单元3100和发送单元3200也可以集成为一个收发单元，同时具备接收和发送的功能，这里不作限定。
进一步地，通信装置3000还可以包括处理单元3300，用于在第一时间或第二时间之后仍然保留所述终端设备的所述第一网络的的上下文。
在一种实现方式中，通信装置3000可以为方法实施例中的第一网络的核心网用户面网元。在这种实现方式中，接收单元3100可以为接收器，发送单元3200可以为发射器。接收器和发射器也可以集成为一个收发器。处理单元3300可以为处理装置。
在另一种实现方式中，通信装置2000可以为安装在第一网络的接入网设备中的芯片或集成电路。在这种实现方式中，接收单元3100和发送单元3200可以为通信接口。例如，接收单元3100为输入接口或输入电路，发送单元3200为输出接口或输出电路。处理单元3300可以为处理装置。
这里，处理装置的功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。例如，处理装置可以包括存储器和处理器，其中，存储器用于存储计算机程序，处理器读取并执行存储器中存储的计算机程序，使得通信装置3000执行各方法实施例中由第一网络的接入网设备执行的操作和/或处理。可选地，处理装置可以仅包括处理器，用于存储计算机程序的存储器位于处理装置之外。处理器通过电路/电线与存储器连接，以读取并执行存储器中存储的计算机程序。
参见图13，图13为本申请提供的通信装置4000的示意性框图。参见图13所示，通信装置4000包括处理单元4100和收发单元4200。
所述处理单元4100，用于将通信装置4000接入第一网络；
所述处理单元4100，还用于确定通信装置4000需要从第一网络向第二网络进行跨网移动时，控制所述收发单元4200向所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元发送第一消息或向所述第一网络的接入网设备发送第一RRC消息，所述第一消息或所述第一RRC消息用于指示所述通信装置4000将从所述第一网络移动到所述第二网络，其中，所述第一网络为公共网络、所述第二网络为非公共网络。或者，所述第一网络为非公共网络、所述第二网络为公共网络。
可选地，收发单元4200也可以由接收单元和/或发送单元代替。
例如，收发单元4200在执行接收的步骤时，可以由接收单元代替。收发单元4200在执行发送的步骤时，可以由发送单元代替。
可选地，在一个实施例中，收发单元4200，还用于从所述第一网络的接入网设备接收第二RRC消息，所述第二RRC消息携带第二时间信息，所述第二时间信息用于指示所述第一网络的核心网用户面网元在第二时间之后暂停所述通信装置4000的所述第一网络的用户面数据的传输；或者，所述收发单元4200，还用于从所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元接收NAS消息，所述NAS消息携带第二时间信息。进一步地，处理单元4100还用于在第一时间或第二时间之后仍然保留所述第一网络的上下文。
可选地，在一个实施例中，收发单元4200，还用于向所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元发送NAS消息，所述NAS消息用于指示所述通信装置4000已经接入所述第二网络，以便于所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元通知所述第一网络的接入网设备发送缓存的所述通信装置4000的所述第一网络的用户面数据。以及，收发单元4200还用于从第一网络的接入网设备接收第三RRC消息，第三RRC消息中携带如下信息的一项或多项：所述通信装置的所述第一网络的PDU会话的会话标识、所述通信装置的设备标识、恢复传输的原因以及是否立即恢复传输的指示信息；以及，所述处理单元4200还用于根据所述第三RRC消息，恢复所述第一网络的上下文。
可选地，在一个实施例中，当所述通信装置位于第一网络时，所述处理单元4100和所述收发单元4200还用于通过所述第一网络将该通信装置接入第二网络，以及，当处理单元4100确定该通信装置需要从第一网络移动到第二网络时，所述收发单元4200还用于向所述第二网络的核心网控制面网元发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示所述通信装置4000将从所述第一网络移动到所述第二网络，其中，所述第一网络为公共网络、所述第二网络为非公共网络，或者所述第一网络为非公共网络、所述第二网络为公共网络。
可选地，在一个实施例中，收发单元4200，还用于从所述第二网络的核心网控制面网元接收NAS消息，所述NAS消息携带第二时间信息，所述第二时间信息用于指示所述第二网络的核心网用户面网元将在第二时间之后暂停所述通信装置4000的所述第二网络的用户面数据的传输。
可选地，在一个实施例中，收发单元4200，还用于向所述第一网络的接入网设备发送RRC消息，所述RRC消息携带所述第二时间信息。
可选地，在一个实施例中，收发单元4200，还用于向所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元发送NAS消息，所述NAS消息用于通知发送缓存的所述通信装置4000的所述第二网络的用户面数据。
在一种实现方式中，通信装置4000可以为方法实施例中的终端设备。在这种实现方式中，收发单元4200可以为收发器。收发器具有发送和/或接收的功能。处理单元4200为处理装置。
在另一种实现方式中，通信装置4000可以为安装在终端设备中的芯片或集成电路。在这种实现方式中，收发单元4200可以为通信接口。例如，输入输出接口或者输入输出电路。处理单元4100可以为处理装置。
这里，处理装置的功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。例如，处理装置可以包括存储器和处理器，其中，存储器用于存储计算机程序，处理器读取并执行存储器中存储的计算机程序，使得通信装置3000执行各方法实施例中由终端设备执行的操作和/或处理。可选地，处理装置可以仅包括处理器，用于存储计算机程序的存 储器位于处理装置之外。处理器通过电路/电线与存储器连接，以读取并执行存储器中存储的计算机程序。
参见图14，图14为本申请提供的通信装置5000的示意性框图。参见图14，通信装置5000包括接收单元5100和发送单元5200。
接收单元5100，用于接收来自终端设备的第六消息，所述终端设备位于第一网络，所述第六消息用于指示所述终端设备将从所述第一网络移动到第二网络，其中，所述第一网络为公共网络、所述第二网络为非公共网络，或者所述第一网络为非公共网络、所述第二网络为公共网络；
发送单元5200，用于向所述第二网络的核心网用户面网元发送第七消息，所述第七消息用于指示所述第二网络的核心网用户面网元暂停所述终端设备的所述第二网络的用户面数据的传输。
可选地，接收单元5100和发送单元5200也可以集成为一个收发单元，同时具备接收和发送的功能，这里不作限定。
可选地，在一个实施例中，接收单元5100，还用于从所述第二网络的核心网用户面网元接收第八消息，所述第八消息携带第二时间信息，所述第二时间信息用于指示所述第二网络的核心网用户面网元将在第二时间之后暂停所述终端设备的所述第二网络的用户面数据的传输。进一步地，通信装置5000还包括处理单元5300，用于在所述第一时间或所述第二时间后仍保留所述终端设备的所述第二网络的的上下文。
可选地，在一个实施例中，发送单元5200，还用于通过NAS消息向所述终端设备发送所述第二时间信息；或者，
发送单元5200，还用于向非第三代合作伙伴计划网间互通功能N3IWF发送所述第二时间信息。
可选地，在一个实施例中，处理单元5300还用于经过第三时间之后，确定所述终端设备是否接入所述第二网络，并在确定所述终端设备未接入所述第二网络的情况下，查询所述终端设备的位置信息；根据所述终端设备的位置信息，对所述终端设备进行跨网移动的管理。
可选地，在一个实施例中，处理单元5300，还用于确定所述终端设备位于所述第一网络的源小区或其它小区的情况下，查询所述终端设备是否还要进行跨网移动，并根据查询结果，执行如下至少一种操作：
若确定所述终端设备还要进行跨网移动，处理单元5300继续等待所述终端设备接入所述第二网络；或者，
若确定所述终端设备取消跨网移动，发送单元5200还用于通知所述第二网络的核心网用户面网元和所述第一网络的接入网设备恢复所述终端设备的所述第二网络的用户面数据的传输。
可选地，在一个实施例中，处理单元5300还用于在确定所述终端设备已经移动到所述第二网络的情况下，继续等待。
可选地，在一个实施例中，处理单元5300还用于在未查询到所述终端设备的情况下，控制发送单元5200通知所述第一网络的网元在所述第一网络寻呼所述终端设备；当处理单元5300确定在所述第一网络未寻呼到所述终端设备的情况下，在所述第二网络寻呼的 所述终端设备；
处理单元5300还用于确定在所述第二网络仍未寻呼到所述终端设备的情况下，等待一段时间之后，控制所述发送单元5200通知所述第二网络的接入网设备和所述第二网络的核心网用户面网元释放所述终端设备的所述第二网络的协议数据单元PDU会话的上下文。
可选地，在一个实施例中，发送单元5200，还用于向N3IWF或者所述第二网络的接入网设备发送位置上报控制消息，所述位置上报控制消息用于查询所述终端设备的位置信息；以及，
接收单元5100，还用于从所述N3IWF或者所述第二网络的接入网设备接收位置报告，所述位置报告中携带所述终端设备的位置信息。
可选地，在一个实施例中，发送单元5200，还用于向所述第二网络的核心网用户面网元和所述第一网络的接入网设备发送恢复消息，所述恢复消息中携带如下信息的一项或多项：所述终端设备的所述第二网络的PDU会话的会话标识、所述终端设备的设备标识、恢复传输的原因以及是否立即恢复传输的指示信息。
在一种实现方式中，通信装置5000可以为方法实施例中的第二网络的核心网控制面网元。在这种实现方式中，接收单元5100可以为接收器，发送单元5200可以为发射器。接收器和发射器也可以集成为一个收发器。处理单元5300可以为处理装置。
在另一种实现方式中，通信装置5000可以为安装在第一网络的接入网设备中的芯片或集成电路。在这种实现方式中，接收单元5100和发送单元5200可以为通信接口。例如，接收单元5100为输入接口或输入电路，发送单元5200为输出接口或输出电路。处理单元5300可以为处理装置。
这里，处理装置的功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。例如，处理装置可以包括存储器和处理器，其中，存储器用于存储计算机程序，处理器读取并执行存储器中存储的计算机程序，使得通信装置5000执行各方法实施例中由第二网络的核心网控制面网元执行的操作和/或处理。可选地，处理装置可以仅包括处理器，用于存储计算机程序的存储器位于处理装置之外。处理器通过电路/电线与存储器连接，以读取并执行存储器中存储的计算机程序。
参见图15，图15为本申请提供的通信装置6000的示意性框图。参见图15，通信装置6000包括接收单元6100和发送单元6200。
接收单元6100，用于从从第二网络的核心网控制面网元接收第七消息，所述第七消息用于指示所述第二网络的核心网用户面网元暂停终端设备的第二网络的用户面数据的传输；
发送单元6200，用于向所述第二网络的核心网控制面网元返回第八消息，所述第八消息用于指示所述第二网络的核心网用户面网元将暂停所述终端设备的所述第二网络的用户面数据的传输。
可选地，接收单元6100和发送单元6200也可以集成为一个收发单元，同时具备接收和发送的功能，这里不作限定。
可选地，通信装置6000还可以包括处理单元6300，还用于在第一时间或第二时间后仍保留所述终端设备的所述第二网络的上下文。
在一种实现方式中，通信装置6000可以为方法实施例中的第二网络的核心网用户面网元。在这种实现方式中，接收单元6100可以为接收器，发送单元6200可以为发射器。接收器和发射器也可以集成为一个收发器。处理单元6300可以为处理装置。
在另一种实现方式中，通信装置6000可以为安装在第二网络的核心网用户面网元中的芯片或集成电路。在这种实现方式中，接收单元6100和发送单元6200可以为通信接口。例如，接收单元6100为输入接口或输入电路，发送单元6200为输出接口或输出电路。处理单元6300可以为处理装置。
这里，处理装置的功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。例如，处理装置可以包括存储器和处理器，其中，存储器用于存储计算机程序，处理器读取并执行存储器中存储的计算机程序，使得通信装置6000执行各方法实施例中由第二网络的核心网用户面网元执行的操作和/或处理。可选地，处理装置可以仅包括处理器，用于存储计算机程序的存储器位于处理装置之外。处理器通过电路/电线与存储器连接，以读取并执行存储器中存储的计算机程序。
参见图16，图16是本申请提供的通信装置10的示意性结构图。如图16所示，通信装置10包括：一个或多个处理器11，一个或多个存储器12，一个或多个通信接口13。处理器11用于控制通信接口13收发信号，存储器12用于存储计算机程序，处理器11用于从存储器12中调用并运行该计算机程序，以执行本申请提供的传输数据的各方法实施例中由第一网络的核心网控制面网元执行的流程和/或操作。
例如，处理器11可以具有图10中所示的处理单元1300的功能，通信接口13可以具有图10中所示的接收单元1100和发送单元1200的功能。具体可以参见图10中的说明，这里不再赘述。
可选地，当通信装置10为第一网络的核心网控制面网元时，处理器11可以为安装在通信装置10中的基带装置，通信接口13可以为射频装置。
参见图17，图17是本申请提供的通信装置20的示意性结构图。如图17所示，通信装置20包括：一个或多个处理器21，一个或多个存储器22，一个或多个通信接口23。处理器21用于控制通信接口23收发信号，存储器22用于存储计算机程序，处理器21用于从存储器22中调用并运行该计算机程序，以执行本申请提供的传输数据的各方法实施例中由第一网络的接入网设备执行的流程和/或操作。
例如，处理器21可以具有图11中所示的处理单元2300的功能，通信接口23可以具有图11中所示的接收单元2100和发送单元2200的功能。具体可以参见图11中的说明，这里不再赘述。
可选地，当通信装置为第一网络的接入网设备时，处理器21可以为安装在通信装置20中的基带装置，通信接口13可以为射频装置。
参见图18，图18是本申请提供的通信装置30的示意性结构图。如图18所示，通信装置30包括：一个或多个处理器31，一个或多个存储器32，一个或多个通信接口33。处理器31用于控制通信接口33收发信号，存储器32用于存储计算机程序，处理器31用于从存储器32中调用并运行该计算机程序，以执行本申请提供的传输数据的各方法实施例中由第一网络的核心网用户面网元执行的流程和/或操作。
例如，处理器31可以具有图12中所示的处理单元3300的功能，通信接口33可以具 有图12中所示的接收单元3100和发送单元3200的功能。具体可以参见图12中的说明，这里不再赘述。
可选地，当通信装置30为第一网络的核心网用户面网元时，处理器31可以为安装在通信装置30中的基带装置，通信接口33可以为射频装置。
参见图19，图19是本申请提供的通信装置40的示意性结构图。如图19所示，通信装置40包括：一个或多个处理器41，一个或多个存储器42，一个或多个通信接口43。处理器41用于控制通信接口43收发信号，存储器42用于存储计算机程序，处理器41用于从存储器42中调用并运行该计算机程序，以执行本申请提供的传输数据的各方法实施例中由终端设备执行的流程和/或操作。
例如，处理器41可以具有图13中所示的处理单元4100的功能，通信接口43可以具有图13中所示的收发单元4200的功能。具体可以参见图13中的说明，这里不再赘述。
可选地，当通信装置处理器40为终端设备时，41可以为安装在通信装置40中的基带装置，通信接口43可以为射频装置。
参见图20，图20是本申请提供的通信装置50的示意性结构图。如图20所示，通信装置50包括：一个或多个处理器51，一个或多个存储器52，一个或多个通信接口53。处理器51用于控制通信接口53收发信号，存储器52用于存储计算机程序，处理器51用于从存储器52中调用并运行该计算机程序，以执行本申请提供的传输数据的各方法实施例中由第二网络的核心网控制面网元执行的流程和/或操作。
例如，通信接口53可以具有图14中所示的接收单元5100和发送单元5200的功能。处理器51可以具有图14中所示的处理单元5300的功能，具体可以参见图14中的说明，这里不再赘述。
可选地，当通信装置50为第二网络的核心网控制面网元时，处理器51可以为安装在通信装置50中的基带装置，通信接口53可以为射频装置。
参见图21，图21是本申请提供的通信装置60的示意性结构图。如图21所示，通信装置60包括：一个或多个处理器61，一个或多个存储器62，一个或多个通信接口63。处理器61用于控制通信接口63收发信号，存储器62用于存储计算机程序，处理器61用于从存储器62中调用并运行该计算机程序，以执行本申请提供的传输数据的各方法实施例中由第二网络的核心网用户面网元执行的流程和/或操作。
例如，通信接口63可以具有图15中所示的接收单元6100和发送单元6200的功能。处理器61可以具有图15中所示的处理单元6300的功能，具体可以参见图15中的说明，这里不再赘述。
可选地，当通信装置60为第二网络的核心网用户面网元时，处理器61可以为安装在通信装置60中的基带装置，通信接口63可以为射频装置。
可选的，上述各装置实施例中的存储器与存储器可以是物理上相互独立的单元，或者，存储器也可以和处理器集成在一起。
此外，本申请还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机指令，当计算机指令在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行本申请提供的传输数据的方法中由第一网络的核心网控制面网元执行的操作和/或流程。
本申请还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机指令， 当计算机指令在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行本申请提供的传输数据的方法中由第一网络的接入网设备执行的操作和/或流程。
本申请还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机指令，当计算机指令在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行本申请提供的传输数据的方法中由第一网络的核心网用户面网元执行的操作和/或流程。
本申请还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机指令，当计算机指令在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行本申请提供的传输数据的方法中第二网络的核心网控制面网元执行的操作和/或流程。
本申请还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机指令，当计算机指令在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行本申请提供的传输数据的方法中第二网络的核心网用户面网元执行的操作和/或流程。
本申请还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机指令，当计算机指令在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行本申请提供的传输数据的方法中终端设备执行的操作和/或流程。
本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品，计算机程序产品包括计算机程序代码，当计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行本申请提供的传输数据的方法中由第一网络的核心网控制面网元执行的操作和/或流程。
本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品，计算机程序产品包括计算机程序代码，当计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行本申请提供的传输数据的方法中由第一网络的接入网设备执行的操作和/或流程。
本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品，计算机程序产品包括计算机程序代码，当计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行本申请提供的传输数据的方法中由第一网络的核心网用户面网元执行的操作和/或流程。
本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品，计算机程序产品包括计算机程序代码，当计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行本申请提供的传输数据的方法中由第二网络的核心网控制面网元执行的操作和/或流程。
本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品，计算机程序产品包括计算机程序代码，当计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行本申请提供的传输数据的方法中由第二网络的核心网用户面网元执行的操作和/或流程。
本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品，计算机程序产品包括计算机程序代码，当计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行本申请提供的传输数据的方法中由终端设备执行的操作和/或流程。
此外，本申请还提供一种芯片，所述芯片包括处理器。用于存储计算机程序的存储器独立于芯片而设置，处理器用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序，以执行任意一个方法实施例中由第一网络的核心网控制面网元执行的操作和/或处理。
进一步地，所述芯片还可以包括通信接口。所述通信接口可以是输入/输出接口，输入/输出电路等。进一步地，所述芯片还可以包括所述存储器。
此外，本申请还提供一种芯片，所述芯片包括处理器。用于存储计算机程序的存储器独立于芯片而设置，处理器用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序，以执行任意一个方法实 施例中由第一网络的接入网设备执行的操作和/或处理。
进一步地，所述芯片还可以包括通信接口。所述通信接口可以是输入/输出接口，输入/输出电路等。进一步地，所述芯片还可以包括所述存储器。
此外，本申请还提供一种芯片，所述芯片包括处理器。用于存储计算机程序的存储器独立于芯片而设置，处理器用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序，以执行任意一个方法实施例中由第一网络的核心网用户面网元执行的操作和/或处理。
进一步地，所述芯片还可以包括通信接口。所述通信接口可以是输入/输出接口，输入/输出电路等。进一步地，所述芯片还可以包括所述存储器。
此外，本申请还提供一种芯片，所述芯片包括处理器。用于存储计算机程序的存储器独立于芯片而设置，处理器用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序，以执行任意一个方法实施例中由第二网络的核心网控制面网元执行的操作和/或处理。
进一步地，所述芯片还可以包括通信接口。所述通信接口可以是输入/输出接口，输入/输出电路等。进一步地，所述芯片还可以包括所述存储器。
此外，本申请还提供一种芯片，所述芯片包括处理器。用于存储计算机程序的存储器独立于芯片而设置，处理器用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序，以执行任意一个方法实施例中由第二网络的核心网用户面网元执行的操作和/或处理。
进一步地，所述芯片还可以包括通信接口。所述通信接口可以是输入/输出接口，输入/输出电路等。进一步地，所述芯片还可以包括所述存储器。
此外，本申请还提供一种芯片，所述芯片包括处理器。用于存储计算机程序的存储器独立于芯片而设置，处理器用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序，以执行任意一个方法实施例中由终端设备执行的操作和/或处理。
进一步地，所述芯片还可以包括通信接口。所述通信接口可以是输入/输出接口，输入/输出电路等。进一步地，所述芯片还可以包括所述存储器。
此外，本申请还提供一种无线通信系统，包括本申请实施例中的第一网络的核心网控制面网元、第一网络的核心网用户面网元、第一网络的接入网设备、第二网络的核心网控制面网元、第二网络的核心网用户面网元和终端设备中的部分或全部。
本申请实施例中的处理器可以是集成电路芯片，具有处理信号的能力。在实现过程中，上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。本申请实施例公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件编码处理器执行完成，或者用编码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器，处理器读取存储器中的信息，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。
本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器，或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中，非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable  PROM，EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)，其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明，许多形式的RAM可用，例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM，SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DRRAM)。应注意，本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。
在本说明书中使用的术语“单元”、“系统”等用于表示计算机相关的实体、硬件、固件、硬件和软件的组合、软件或执行中的软件。例如，部件可以是但不限于，在处理器上运行的进程、处理器、对象、可执行文件、执行线程、程序和/或计算机。通过图示，在计算设备上运行的应用和计算设备都可以是部件。一个或多个部件可驻留在进程和/或执行线程中。部件可位于一个计算机上和/或分布在两个或更多个计算机之间。此外，这些部件可从上面存储有各种数据结构的各种计算机可读介质执行。部件可根据具有一个或多个数据分组(例如，来自与本地系统、分布式系统和/或网络间的另一部件交互的二个部件的数据，例如，通过信号与其它系统交互的互联网)的信号通过本地和/或远程进程来通信。
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的系统、装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机 软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、ROM、RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
以上所述，仅为本申请的具体实施方式，但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到变化或替换，都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此，本申请的保护范围应以权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (30)

  1. 一种传输数据的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    终端设备接入第一网络；
    当所述终端设备需要从所述第一网移动到第二网络时，所述终端设备向所述第一网络的核心网网元发送第一消息或向所述第一网络的接入网设备发送第一RRC消息，所述第一消息或所述第一RRC消息用于指示所述终端设备将从所述第一网络移动到所述第二网络，其中，所述第一网络为公共网络、所述第二网络为非公共网络，或者所述第一网络为非公共网络、所述第二网络为公共网络。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一消息或所述第一RRC消息包括如下信息的一项或多项：
    第一时间信息、原因、立即暂停指示信息或临近指示信息，其中，所述第一时间信息用于指示所述终端设备在第一时间之后将触发跨网移动，所述原因用于指示跨网移动，所述立即暂停指示信息用于指示是否立即暂停所述终端设备的所述第一网络的用户面数据的传输，所述临近指示信息用于指示所述终端设备正在进入或者离开非公共网络的一个或多个小区的邻近区域，或者所述临近指示信息用于指示所述终端设备正在进入或离开非公共网络的一个或多个小区。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述方法，其特征在于，所述临近指示信息携带如下信息的一项或多项：
    所述终端设备正在进入非公共网络的一个或多个小区的邻近区域的指示信息、所述终端设备正在离开非公共网络的一个或多个小区的邻近区域的指示信息、所述终端设备正在进入非公共网络的一个或多个小区的指示信息、所述终端设备正在离开非公共网络的一个或多个小区的标识信息、所述一个或多个小区的标识信息。
  4. 根据权利要求2或3所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端设备从所述第一网络的接入网设备接收第二RRC消息，所述第二RRC消息包括第二时间信息，所述第二时间信息用于指示所述第一网络的核心网用户面网元在第二时间之后暂停所述终端设备的所述第一网络的用户面数据的传输，或者，所述终端设备通过NAS消息从所述第一网络的AMF接收所述第二时间信息；
    以及，所述终端设备在所述第一时间或所述第二时间之后仍然保留所述第一网络的上下文。
  5. 根据权利要求1-4中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端设备移动到所述第二网络并接入所述第二网络之后，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端设备向所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元发送非接入层NAS消息，所述NAS消息用于指示所述终端设备已经接入所述第二网络；
    所述终端设备从所述第一网络的接入网设备接收第三RRC消息，第三RRC消息包括如下信息的一项或多项：所述终端设备的所述第一网络的PDU会话的会话标识、所述终端设备的设备标识、恢复传输的原因或是否立即恢复传输的指示信息；
    所述终端设备根据所述第三RRC消息，恢复所述第一网络的上下文。
  6. 一种传输数据的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第一网络的核心网控制面网元接收第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示终端设备将从所述第一网络移动到第二网络，其中，所述第一网络为公共网络、所述第二网络为非公共网络，或者所述第一网络为非公共网络、所述第二网络为公共网络；
    所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元向第一网络的核心网用户面网元发送第二消息，所述第二消息用于指示所述第一网络的核心网用户面网元暂停所述终端设备的所述第一网络的用户面数据的传输。
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一消息消息和所述第二消息还携带如下信息的一项或多项：
    第一时间信息、原因、立即暂停指示信息或临近指示信息，其中，所述第一时间信息用于指示所述终端设备在第一时间之后触发跨网移动，所述原因用于指示跨网移动，所述立即暂停指示信息用于指示是否立即暂停所述终端设备的所述第一网络的用户面数据的传输，所述临近指示信息用于指示所述终端设备正在进入或者离开非公共网络的一个或多个小区的邻近区域，或者所述临近指示信息用于指示所述终端设备正在进入或离开非公共网络的一个或多个小区。
  8. 根据权利要求6或7所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元从所述第一网络的核心网用户面网元接收第三消息，所述第三消息中携带第二时间信息，所述第二时间信息用于指示所述第一网络的核心网用户面网元将在第二时间之后暂停所述终端设备的所述第一网络的用户面数据的传输；
    所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元在所述第一时间或所述第二时间之后仍然保留所述终端设备的所述第一网络的上下文。
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元是从所述第一网络的接入网设备接收所述第一消息的，所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元从所述第一网络的核心网用户面网元接收所述第三消息之后，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元向所述第一网络的接入网设备发送第四消息，所述第四消息携带所述第二时间信息，所述第四消息用于告知所述第一网络的接入网设备所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元在第二时间之后暂停所述终端设备的所述第一网络的用户面数据的传输。
  10. 根据权利要求8所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元接收的所述第一消息是来自所述终端设备的非接入层NAS消息，所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元从所述第一网络的核心网用户面网元接收所述第三消息之后，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元向所述第一接入网设备发送第四消息，所述第四消息携带如下信息：
    所述第二时间信息、所述第一时间信息、所述原因、所述立即暂停指示信息和所述临近指示信息。
  11. 根据权利要求9或10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元向所述第一网络的接入网设备发送所述第四消息之后，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元接收来自所述终端设备的NAS消息，所述NAS消息用于指示所述终端设备已经移动到所述第二网络并接入所述第二网络；
    所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元向所述第一网络的接入网设备发送第五消息，所述第五消息用于指示所述第一接入网设备发送缓存的所述终端设备的所述第一网络的用户面数据。
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第五消息还携带如下信息的一项或多项：所述终端设备的设备标识、所述终端设备的所述第一网络的协议数据单元PDU会话的会话标识、服务质量流标识QFI和数据无线承载标识DRB ID。
  13. 一种传输数据的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第一网络的接入网设备从终端设备接收第一RRC消息，所述第一RRC消息用于指示所述终端设备将从所述第一网络移动到第二网络，其中，所述第一网络为公共网络、所述第二网络为非公共网络，或者所述第一网络为非公共网络、所述第二网络为公共网络；
    所述第一网络的接入网设备向所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元所述终端设备将从所述第一网络移动到所述第二网络。
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一RRC消息和所述第一消息还携带如下信息的一项或多项：
    第一时间信息、原因、立即暂停指示信息或临近指示信息，其中，所述第一时间信息用于指示所述终端设备在第一时间之后触发跨网移动，所述原因用于指示跨网移动，所述立即暂停指示信息用于指示是否立即暂停所述终端设备的所述第一网络的用户面数据的传输，所述临近指示信息用于指示所述终端设备正在进入或者离开非公共网络的一个或多个小区的邻近区域，或者所述临近指示信息用于指示所述终端设备正在进入或离开非公共网络的一个或多个小区。
  15. 根据权利要求13或14所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一网络的接入网设备从所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元接收第四消息，所述第四消息中携带第二时间信息，所述第二时间信息用于指示第一网络的核心网用户面网元将在第二时间之后暂停所述终端设备的所述第一网络的用户面数据的传输。
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一网络的接入网设备从所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元接收第四消息之后，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一网络的接入网设备向所述终端发送第二RRC消息，所述第二RRC消息携带第二时间信息，所述第二时间信息用于指示所述第一网络的核心网用户面网元将在第二时间之后暂停所述终端设备的所述第一网络的用户面数据的传输；
    所述第一网络的接入网设备在所述第一时间或所述第二时间之后仍然保留所述终端设备的所述第一网络的上下文。
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一网络的接入网设备向所述终端设备发送第二RRC消息之后，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一网络的接入网设备从所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元接收第五消息，所述第五消息用于指示所述第一网络的接入网设备发送缓存的所述终端设备的所述第一网络的用户面数据。
  18. 根据权利要求13-17中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一网络的接入网设备根据所述第一时间信息，在所述第一时间之后不再向所述 终端设备发送数据；
    所述第一网络的接入网设备接收来自所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元的恢复所述终端设备的所述第一网络的用户面数据的传输的通知后，恢复所述终端设备的所述第一网络的上下文，并向所述终端发送第三RRC消息，所述第三RRC消息用于告知所述终端设备恢复所述第一网络的上下文，其中，所述第三RRC消息中携带如下信息的一项或多项：
    所述终端设备的所述第一网络的PDU会话的会话标识、所述终端设备的设备标识、恢复传输的原因以及是否立即恢复传输的指示信息。
  19. 一种传输数据的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第一网络的核心网用户面网元从所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元接收第二消息，所述第二消息用于指示所述第一网络的核心网用户面网元暂停终端设备的第一网络的用户面数据的传输；
    所述第一网络的核心网用户面网元向所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元返回第三消息，所述第三消息用于指示所述第一网络的核心网用户面网元将暂停所述终端设备的所述第一网络用户面数据的传输。
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二消息还携带如下信息的一项或多项：
    第一时间信息、原因、立即暂停指示信息或临近指示信息，其中，所述第一时间信息用于指示所述终端设备在第一时间之后触发跨网移动，所述原因用于指示跨网移动，所述立即暂停指示信息用于指示是否立即暂停所述终端设备的所述第一网络用户面数据的传输，所述临近指示信息用于指示所述终端设备正在进入或者离开非公共网络的一个或多个小区的邻近区域，或者所述临近指示信息用于指示所述终端设备正在进入或离开非公共网络的一个或多个小区，所述第一网络为公共网络、所述第二网络为非公共网络，或者所述第一网络为非公共网络、所述第二网络为公共网络。
  21. 根据权利要求19或20所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第三消息中携带第二时间信息，所述第二时间信息用于指示所述第一网络的核心网用户面网元将在第二时间之后暂停所述终端设备的所述第一网络的用户面数据的传输；
    以及，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一网络的核心网用户面网元根据获取到的所述第一时间信息和所述第二时间信息，在所述第一时间或所述第二时间之后仍然保留所述终端设备的所述第一网络的的上下文。
  22. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，其特征在于，包括：
    处理单元，用于将所述通信装置接入第一网络；
    所述处理单元，还用于确定所述通信装置需要从所述第一网络向第二网络移动时，控制收发单元向所述第一网络的核心网网元发送第一消息或向所述第一网络的接入网设备发送第一RRC消息，所述第一消息或所述第一RRC消息用于指示所述通信装置将从所述第一网络移动到所述第二网络，其中，所述第一网络为公共网络、所述第二网络为非公共网络，或者所述第一网络为非公共网络、所述第二网络为公共网络。
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述收发单元还用于从所述第一网络的接入网设备接收第二RRC消息，所述第二RRC消息包括第二时间信息，所述第 二时间信息用于指示所述第一网络的核心网用户面网元在第二时间之后暂停所述通信装置的所述第一网络的用户面数据的传输，或者，所述收发单元还用于从所述第一网络的AMF接收NAS消息，所述NAS消息携带所述第二时间信息；
    以及，所述处理单元，还用于在所述第一时间或所述第二时间之后仍然保留所述通信装置的所述第一网络的上下文。
  24. 根据权利要求22或23所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述收发单元还用于：
    向所述第一网络的核心网控制面网元发送非接入层NAS消息，所述NAS消息用于指示所述通信装置已经接入所述第二网络；
    从所述第一网络的接入网设备接收第三RRC消息，第三RRC消息包括如下信息的一项或多项：所述通信装置的所述第一网络的PDU会话的会话标识、所述通信装置的设备标识、恢复传输的原因或是否立即恢复传输的指示信息；
    所述处理单元，还用于根据所述第三RRC消息，恢复所述第一网络的上下文。
  25. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，其特征在于，所述通信装置包括用于执行如权利要求6-12中任一项所述的方法的单元。
  26. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，其特征在于，所述通信装置包括用于执行如权利要求13-18中任一项所述的方法的单元。
  27. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，其特征在于，所述通信装置包括用于执行如权利要求19-21中任一项所述的方法的单元。
  28. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，包括计算机程序，当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行如权利要求1-5中任一项所述的方法。
  29. 一种芯片，其特征在于，包括处理器和存储器，所述存储器用于存储计算机程序，所述处理器用于调用并运行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序，以执行如权利要求1-5中任一项所述的方法。
  30. 一种通信系统，其特征在于，包括如权利要求22-24中任一项所述的通信装置、如权利要求25中所述的通信装置、如权利要求26中所述的通信装置以及如权利要求27中所述的通信装置的任意两个或两个以上。
PCT/CN2020/104730 2019-07-31 2020-07-27 传输数据的方法、通信装置和通信系统 WO2021018073A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP20847328.0A EP3996394A4 (en) 2019-07-31 2020-07-27 DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD, COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
US17/586,060 US11968575B2 (en) 2019-07-31 2022-01-27 Data transmission method, communication apparatus, and communication system

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910704291.5 2019-07-31
CN201910704291.5A CN112312489B (zh) 2019-07-31 2019-07-31 传输数据的方法、通信装置和通信系统

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/586,060 Continuation US11968575B2 (en) 2019-07-31 2022-01-27 Data transmission method, communication apparatus, and communication system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021018073A1 true WO2021018073A1 (zh) 2021-02-04

Family

ID=74230264

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/104730 WO2021018073A1 (zh) 2019-07-31 2020-07-27 传输数据的方法、通信装置和通信系统

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (1) US11968575B2 (zh)
EP (1) EP3996394A4 (zh)
CN (1) CN112312489B (zh)
WO (1) WO2021018073A1 (zh)

Families Citing this family (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112399507B (zh) * 2019-08-16 2022-08-19 华为技术有限公司 用于传输数据的方法、终端设备和网络设备
US11576090B2 (en) * 2020-06-26 2023-02-07 T-Mobile Usa, Inc. MME based handover decision
CN113115393A (zh) * 2021-03-05 2021-07-13 广州爱浦路网络技术有限公司 地面移动网络、卫星移动网络、核心网及通信方法
CN113891414B (zh) * 2021-11-02 2023-08-15 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 基于5g网络的会话连接保持方法及装置
CN114025400B (zh) * 2021-11-02 2023-10-03 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 会话状态保持方法及会话状态保持装置
CN114302503B (zh) * 2021-12-31 2023-06-06 广州爱浦路网络技术有限公司 基于非3gpp接入功能网元的数据传输方法及非3gpp接入功能网元
WO2023133871A1 (zh) * 2022-01-17 2023-07-20 华为技术有限公司 通信方法和装置
CN117858227A (zh) * 2022-09-30 2024-04-09 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 定位消息传递方法、设备、装置及存储介质

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1866907A (zh) * 2005-05-18 2006-11-22 周奇 远程信息安全传输与控制系统
US20140024340A1 (en) * 2009-01-28 2014-01-23 Headwater Partners I Llc Device Group Partitions and Settlement Platform
CN103703725A (zh) * 2011-05-24 2014-04-02 托西博克斯有限公司 用于实施所有物远程控制的设备布置
CN105760198A (zh) * 2016-02-19 2016-07-13 吴伟东 手机app更新方法及系统
WO2018049274A1 (en) * 2016-09-09 2018-03-15 Intel IP Corporation Low latency random access channel procedures for beamformed systems
CN108495267A (zh) * 2018-03-14 2018-09-04 维沃移动通信有限公司 Poi信息的处理方法及装置

Family Cites Families (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6430395B2 (en) * 2000-04-07 2002-08-06 Commil Ltd. Wireless private branch exchange (WPBX) and communicating between mobile units and base stations
US20040009749A1 (en) * 2001-03-20 2004-01-15 Nitzan Arazi Wireless private branch exchange(wpbx) and communicating between mobile units and base stations
KR100547719B1 (ko) * 2002-09-10 2006-01-31 삼성전자주식회사 이동통신단말기의 공중망 통화중 상태 정보를 제공할 수 있는 사설용 이동통신 시스템 및 방법
KR100757860B1 (ko) * 2003-05-29 2007-09-11 삼성전자주식회사 유무선 통신 시스템을 이용한 복합 무선 서비스 장치
KR20050079591A (ko) * 2004-02-06 2005-08-10 삼성전자주식회사 무선 공중망과 사설망이 연동된 망에서 이브이디오서비스를 제공하는 방법 및 그 시스템
US20060098598A1 (en) * 2004-11-10 2006-05-11 Michael Gallagher Seamless transitions of active calls between enterprise telecommunications networks and licensed public telecommunications networks
CN101448294B (zh) * 2008-01-21 2011-05-04 华为技术有限公司 网络资源释放处理的方法及设备
CN101772106B (zh) * 2008-12-30 2012-08-08 华为技术有限公司 数据传输路径的控制方法和系统、移动性管理网元和终端
US9258839B2 (en) * 2011-08-12 2016-02-09 Blackberry Limited Other network component receiving RRC configuration information from eNB
WO2018170703A1 (zh) * 2017-03-20 2018-09-27 华为技术有限公司 一种连接建立方法及装置
US10492078B2 (en) * 2017-04-04 2019-11-26 At&T Mobility Ii Llc Shared spectrum broker
CN109219092B (zh) * 2017-06-30 2021-01-26 展讯通信（上海）有限公司 从非3gpp接入网切换到3gpp接入网的方法、装置及终端

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1866907A (zh) * 2005-05-18 2006-11-22 周奇 远程信息安全传输与控制系统
US20140024340A1 (en) * 2009-01-28 2014-01-23 Headwater Partners I Llc Device Group Partitions and Settlement Platform
CN103703725A (zh) * 2011-05-24 2014-04-02 托西博克斯有限公司 用于实施所有物远程控制的设备布置
CN105760198A (zh) * 2016-02-19 2016-07-13 吴伟东 手机app更新方法及系统
WO2018049274A1 (en) * 2016-09-09 2018-03-15 Intel IP Corporation Low latency random access channel procedures for beamformed systems
CN108495267A (zh) * 2018-03-14 2018-09-04 维沃移动通信有限公司 Poi信息的处理方法及装置

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP3996394A4

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20220150781A1 (en) 2022-05-12
CN112312489A (zh) 2021-02-02
EP3996394A4 (en) 2022-08-17
CN112312489B (zh) 2021-12-24
US11968575B2 (en) 2024-04-23
EP3996394A1 (en) 2022-05-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021018073A1 (zh) 传输数据的方法、通信装置和通信系统
US11096097B2 (en) Communication method and communications device
EP4125290B1 (en) Downlink non-access stratum nas signaling in a network slicing scenario for receiving by access network device an identifier of nssai from core network device
JP7469392B2 (ja) 移動性管理の方法、端末および基地局
WO2019158109A1 (zh) 一种网元的选择方法及装置
WO2016123809A1 (zh) 一种信令优化方法和设备
WO2016119109A1 (zh) 一种切换装置及方法
KR102484223B1 (ko) Pdu 세션 활성화 방법, 페이징 방법 및 그의 장치
US10587757B2 (en) Method and apparatus for processing terminal that is performing voice service, and communications system
WO2018000441A1 (zh) 传输数据的方法和装置
US10841848B2 (en) Communication method, user equipment, base station, control plane network element, and communications system
US9479970B2 (en) Bearer switching method, home NodeB gateway, and home NodeB
US20200015288A1 (en) Radio communication method and device
US9503393B2 (en) S-GW relocation and QoS change without mobility
WO2020088649A1 (zh) 通信方法和装置
WO2021026747A1 (zh) 无线通信方法和终端设备
WO2021003619A1 (zh) 一种条件切换指示方法、终端设备、源基站及存储介质
US11611925B2 (en) Switching processing method, terminal device and network device
US20220240331A1 (en) Multi-cell configuration method and apparatus, storage medium, terminal and base station
US10945183B2 (en) Cell obtaining method, and terminal
WO2020248283A1 (zh) 无线通信方法、装置和终端设备
WO2020113520A1 (zh) 用于建立连接的方法、网络设备和终端设备
WO2022116820A1 (zh) 终端rrc连接恢复的方法和装置
WO2022083411A1 (zh) 辅小区变换的错误类型的判定方法及设备
WO2022022082A1 (zh) 通信方法和通信装置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20847328

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020847328

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20220204